summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2023-02-27 03:05:21 +0000
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2023-02-27 03:05:21 +0000
commit86d5a04282aa958addab4585c4df899ec9a92e50 (patch)
tree7736ac0fb49348cb6ae88770b4b72ed5ee9d8081 /macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis
parente7ae872926eddb0de09ecfe1c578e0680033955a (diff)
CTAN sync 202302270305
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis')
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/README.md6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-code.dtx6316
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-code.pdfbin965673 -> 977630 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-doc.dtx185
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-en.pdfbin162961 -> 151111 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-logo.dtx9
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis.dtx598
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis.pdfbin424983 -> 445548 bytes
8 files changed, 6657 insertions, 457 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/README.md
index abbb1b2e8e..4f36d2bb81 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/README.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
The `fduthesis` Class
=====================
-*LaTeX thesis template for Fudan University, v0.8*
+*LaTeX thesis template for Fudan University, v0.9*
Overview
--------
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ To install `fduthesis`, you can use one of the following methods:
git clone https://github.com/stone-zeng/fduthesis.git
- Run `install-win.bat` (on Windows) or `install-linux.sh` (on Linux)
+ Run `install-win.bat` (Windows) or `install-unix.sh` (Linux or macOS)
to generate the templates and configuration files. These files would
be found in a new-created `thesis` folder. You can enjoy `fduthesis`
here at once.
@@ -78,4 +78,4 @@ version.
-----
-Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
+Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2023 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-code.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-code.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..786bbfa049
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-code.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,6316 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+% !TeX program = XeLaTeX
+% !TeX encoding = UTF-8
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2017--2023 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+%
+% The Current Maintainer of this work is Xiangdong Zeng.
+%
+% This work consists of the files fduthesis.dtx,
+% fduthesis-doc.dtx,
+% fduthesis-logo.dtx,
+% and the derived files fduthesis.ins,
+% fduthesis.cls,
+% fduthesis-en.cls,
+% fduthesis.def,
+% fdudoc.cls,
+% fdulogo.sty,
+% fdulogo-example.tex,
+% fduthesis-cover.tex,
+% fduthesis-en.tex,
+% fudan-emblem.pdf,
+% fudan-emblem-new.pdf,
+% fudan-name.pdf,
+% fduthesis.pdf,
+% fduthesis-en.pdf,
+% fduthesis-code.pdf,
+% and README.md.
+%
+%<*internal>
+\iffalse
+%</internal>
+%
+%<*readme>
+The `fduthesis` Class
+=====================
+
+*LaTeX thesis template for Fudan University, v0.9*
+
+Overview
+--------
+
+This template supports doctoral or master dissertion and undergraduate
+thesis, both in Chinese or English. With the help of modern LaTeX
+technology, `fduthesis` aims to create a simple interface, a normative
+format, as well as a hackable class for the users.
+
+At present, `fduthesis` only supports XeTeX and LuaTeX engines.
+Support for pdfTeX and [ApTeX](https://github.com/clerkma/ptex-ng) is
+still under development. `fduthesis` only allows UTF-8 encoding.
+
+The documentation can be found in
+[fduthesis.pdf](http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis.pdf)
+(in Chinese) or
+[fduthesis-en.pdf](http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-en.pdf)
+(in English).
+
+GitHub repository: <https://github.com/stone-zeng/fduthesis>.
+
+Installation
+------------
+
+To install `fduthesis`, you can use one of the following methods:
+
+- If you are running TeX Live, the simplest way is to run
+
+ tlmgr install fduthesis
+
+- Download
+ [fduthesis.tds.zip](http://mirror.ctan.org/install/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis.tds.zip)
+ from CTAN, extract it in the root of one of your TDS trees, and
+ update the filename database.
+
+- Get the source from GitHub:
+
+ git clone https://github.com/stone-zeng/fduthesis.git
+
+ Run `install-win.bat` (Windows) or `install-unix.sh` (Linux or macOS)
+ to generate the templates and configuration files. These files would
+ be found in a new-created `thesis` folder. You can enjoy `fduthesis`
+ here at once.
+
+ For permanent installation, you may move the following files into a
+ directory where LaTeX will find them (e.g.
+ `TEXMF/tex/latex/fduthesis/`):
+
+ - `fduthesis.cls`
+ - `fduthesis-en.cls`
+ - `fduthesis.def`
+ - `fdudoc.cls`
+ - `fdulogo.sty`
+ - `fudan-emblem.pdf`
+ - `fudan-emblem-new.pdf`
+ - `fudan-name.pdf`
+
+ Do not forget to update the filename database afterwards.
+
+Contributing
+------------
+
+[Issues](https://github.com/stone-zeng/fduthesis/issues) and
+[pull requests](https://github.com/stone-zeng/fduthesis/pulls)
+are always welcome.
+
+License
+-------
+
+This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
+the [LaTeX Project Public License](http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt),
+either version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2023 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
+%</readme>
+%
+%<*internal>
+\fi
+\begingroup
+ \def\NameOfLaTeXe{LaTeX2e}
+\expandafter\endgroup\ifx\NameOfLaTeXe\fmtname\else
+\csname fi\endcsname
+%</internal>
+%
+%<*install>
+\input docstrip.tex
+\keepsilent
+\askforoverwritefalse
+
+\preamble
+
+ Copyright (C) 2017--2023 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>
+
+ This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+ version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later
+ version. The latest version of this license is in:
+
+ http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+
+ and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+ LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
+ This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+
+ The Current Maintainer of this work is Xiangdong Zeng.
+
+ This work consists of the files fduthesis.dtx,
+ fduthesis-doc.dtx,
+ fduthesis-logo.dtx,
+ and the derived files fduthesis.ins,
+ fduthesis.cls,
+ fduthesis-en.cls,
+ fduthesis.def,
+ fdudoc.cls,
+ fdulogo.sty,
+ fdulogo-example.tex,
+ fduthesis-cover.tex,
+ fduthesis-en.tex,
+ fudan-emblem.pdf,
+ fudan-emblem-new.pdf,
+ fudan-name.pdf,
+ fduthesis.pdf,
+ fduthesis-en.pdf,
+ fduthesis-code.pdf,
+ and README.md.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\generate{
+ \usedir{tex/latex/fduthesis}
+ \file{\jobname.cls} {\from{\jobname.dtx}{class}}
+ \file{\jobname-en.cls} {\from{\jobname.dtx}{class-en}}
+ \file{\jobname.def} {\from{\jobname.dtx}{definition}}
+ \file{fdudoc.cls} {\from{\jobname.dtx}{doc}
+ \from{\jobname-doc.dtx}{doc}}
+ \file{fdulogo.sty} {\from{\jobname.dtx}{logo}
+ \from{\jobname-logo.dtx}{logo}}
+ \file{fdulogo-example.tex} {\from{\jobname.dtx}{ex-logo}
+ \from{\jobname-logo.dtx}{ex-logo}}
+ \file{\jobname-cover.tex} {\from{\jobname.dtx}{cover}
+ \from{\jobname-logo.dtx}{cover}}
+%<*internal>
+ \usedir{source/latex/fduthesis}
+ \file{\jobname.ins} {\from{\jobname.dtx}{install}}
+%</internal>
+ \usedir{doc/latex/fduthesis}
+ \nopreamble\nopostamble
+ \file{README.md} {\from{\jobname.dtx}{readme}}
+}
+
+\obeyspaces
+\Msg{*************************************************************}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following *}
+\Msg{* files into a directory searched by TeX: *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* The recommended directory is TDS:tex/latex/fduthesis *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* fduthesis.cls *}
+\Msg{* fduthesis-en.cls *}
+\Msg{* fduthesis.def *}
+\Msg{* fdudoc.cls *}
+\Msg{* fdulogo.sty *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation, run the file fduthesis.dtx *}
+\Msg{* through XeLaTeX. *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* Happy TeXing! *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{*************************************************************}
+
+\endbatchfile
+%</install>
+%
+%<*internal>
+\fi
+%</internal>
+%
+%<class|class-en|doc|logo>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020/10/01]
+%<*!(driver|install|ex-logo|cover)>
+%<!readme>\GetIdInfo $Id: fduthesis.dtx 0.9 2023-02-26 12:00:00Z Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com> $
+%<class> {Thesis template for Fudan University}
+%<class>\ProvidesExplClass{\ExplFileName}
+%<class-en> {Thesis template for Fudan University (English version)}
+%<class-en>\ProvidesExplClass{\ExplFileName-en}
+%<definition> {Definition file for fduthesis}
+%<definition>\ProvidesExplFile{\ExplFileName.def}
+%<doc> {Documentation class for fduthesis}
+%<doc>\ProvidesExplClass{fdudoc}
+%<logo> {Fudan University's Visual Identity}
+%<logo>\ProvidesExplPackage{fdulogo}
+%<!readme> {\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
+%</!(driver|install|ex-logo|cover)>
+%<*driver>
+% \PassOptionsToPackage{showframe}{geometry}
+\documentclass{fdudoc}
+\usepackage{xeCJKfntef}
+\hypersetup{
+ pdftitle = {fduthesis: 复旦大学论文模板},
+ pdfauthor = {曾祥东}}
+% 全角标点放在引号中,需要改成半角式,否则间距过大,不好看
+\def\FSID{“{\xeCJKsetup{PunctStyle=banjiao}。}”} % U+3002
+\def\FSFW{“{\xeCJKsetup{PunctStyle=banjiao}.}”} % U+FF0E
+\def\COFW{“{\xeCJKsetup{PunctStyle=banjiao}:}”} % U+FF1A
+\def\SCFW{“{\xeCJKsetup{PunctStyle=banjiao};}”} % U+FF1B
+%^^A! \PassOptionsToPackage{scheme=plain, linespread=1.1}{ctex}
+%^^A! \documentclass{fdudoc}
+%^^A! \hypersetup{
+%^^A! pdftitle = {fduthesis: LaTeX Thesis Template for Fudan University},
+%^^A! pdfauthor = {Xiangdong Zeng}}
+%^^A! \ctexset{
+%^^A! section = {name = {}, format+ = \raggedright},
+%^^A! subsubsection/tocline = {\CTEXnumberline{#1}#2}}
+%^^A! \pagestyle{headings}
+%^^A! \def\FSID{{\xeCJKsetup{PunctStyle=banjiao}。}}
+%^^A! \def\FSFW{{\xeCJKsetup{PunctStyle=banjiao}.}}
+%^^A!
+
+\title{\textcolor{MaterialIndigo800}{\textbf{fduthesis: 复旦大学论文模板}}}
+\author{曾祥东}
+\date{2023/02/26\quad v0.9%
+ \thanks{\url{https://github.com/stone-zeng/fduthesis}.}}
+%^^A! \title{\textcolor{MaterialIndigo800}{%
+%^^A! \textbf{The \textsf{fduthesis} Class \\
+%^^A! \LaTeX{} Thesis Template for Fudan University}}}
+%^^A! \author{Xiangdong Zeng}
+%^^A! \date{2023/02/26\quad v0.9%
+%^^A! \thanks{\url{https://github.com/stone-zeng/fduthesis}.}}
+%^^A!
+
+\begin{document}
+%^^A! \begin{document}
+%^^A!
+ \DisableImplementation
+ \EnableImplementation
+ \def\FDUCODEDOC{}
+ \DocInput{fduthesis.dtx}
+ \DocInput{fduthesis-doc.dtx,fduthesis-logo.dtx}
+ \IndexLayout
+ \PrintChanges
+ \PrintIndex
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \changes{v0.1}{2017/02/15}{开始编写模板。}
+% \changes{v0.2}{2017/02/19}{使用 Git 进行版本控制,并发布至 GitHub。}
+% \changes{v0.3}{2017/02/21}{使用 \cls{doc} 和 \pkg{DocStrip}。}
+% \changes{v0.3}{2017/03/04}{支持 \LuaLaTeX{}。}
+% \changes{v0.3}{2017/03/20}{添加测试文件。}
+% \changes{v0.3}{2017/05/26}{使用 Travis CI 进行持续集成。}
+% \changes{v0.3}{2017/06/23}{添加复旦大学视觉识别系统。}
+% \changes{v0.3}{2017/07/05}{新增声明页。}
+% \changes{v0.3}{2017/07/10}{添加英文模板。}
+% \changes{v0.3}{2017/07/19}{使用 \pkg{l3docstrip} 管理名字空间。}
+% \changes{v0.3}{2017/07/28}{整理代码,编写用户文档。}
+% \changes{v0.4}{2017/08/03}{拆分 \file{.dtx} 文件。}
+% \changes{v0.4}{2017/08/11}{添加错误信息提示。}
+% \changes{v0.6}{2017/11/23}{同步 \pkg{ctex} v2.4.11。}
+% \changes{v0.6}{2017/11/29}{添加英文版用户文档。}
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/01/26}{使用 \pkg{l3build} 进行回归测试。}
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/01/31}{不再需要 \file{fduthesis-user.def}。}
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/03/04}{所有选项更改为用连字符隔开的形式。}
+% \changes{v0.7a}{2018/04/09}{更新文档,发布至 CTAN。}
+% \changes{v0.7b}{2018/04/29}{支持 \TeXLive{} 2018。}
+% \changes{v0.7b}{2018/05/06}{将校名、校徽图片添加至发行版。}
+%
+%^^A 禁止使用 " 符号作为抄录文本缩略符
+% \DeleteShortVerb\"
+%^^A! \DeleteShortVerb\"
+%^^A!
+%
+%^^A 封面与目录的页边距
+%^^A+
+% \newgeometry{
+% left = 1.25 in,
+% right = 1.25 in,
+% top = 1.25 in,
+% bottom = 1.00 in
+% }
+%
+% \maketitle
+% \vfill
+% \begin{center}
+% \includegraphics[width=8cm]{../logo/fduthesis-cover.pdf}
+% \end{center}
+% \vfill
+% \thispagestyle{plain}
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+%^^A-
+%
+% \EnableDocumentation
+%^^A \DisableDocumentation
+%
+% \begin{documentation}
+%
+%^^A 用户手册的页边距
+%^^A+
+% \newgeometry{
+% left = 1.65 in,
+% right = 0.80 in,
+% top = 1.25 in,
+% bottom = 1.00 in
+% }
+%
+%^^A-
+%
+% \section{介绍}
+%^^A! \section{Introduction}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 本模板编写之初,可以找到的复旦大学 \LaTeX{} 论文模板有以下这些:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item 数学科学学院的本科毕业论文模版 \cite{数院本科毕业论文写作模板},主要贡献者为 2001 级的
+% 何力同学、李湛同学和 2004 级的张越同学;
+% \item Pandoxie 编写的 \cls{FDU-Thesis-Latex} \cite{pandoxie2014fduthesislatex},基本满足了博士
+% (硕士)毕业论文格式要求,在当时使用人数较多;
+% \item richarddzh 编写的硕士论文模板 \cls{fudan-thesis} \cite{richard2016fudanthesis}。
+% \end{itemize}
+% 以上模板大都没有经过系统的设计,也缺乏后续维护。相比之下,清华大学 \cite{thuthesis}、
+% 北京大学 \cite{pkuthss}、重庆大学 \cite{cquthesis}、中国科学技术大学 \cite{ustcthesis}、
+% 中国科学院大学 \cite{ucasthesis} 以及友校上海交通大学 \cite{sjtuthesis} 等,都有较为成熟、稳定
+% 的解决方案,也积累了广泛的用户基础,值得参考与借鉴。
+%
+% 考虑到开发与持续维护的需要,本模板使用 \LaTeX3 \cite{source3} 语法编写。同时将构建一套简洁的
+% 接口,以方便用户使用。
+%^^A! \cls{fduthesis} is a thesis template for Fudan University.
+%^^A! This template is mostly written in \LaTeX3 syntax, and
+%^^A! provides a simple interface for users.
+%^^A!
+%
+% \subsection*{\LaTeX{} 入门}
+%^^A! \subsection*{Getting started with \LaTeX{}}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 本文档不是一份 \LaTeX{} 零基础教程。如果缺乏使用 \LaTeX{} 的经验,建议先阅读有关入门文档,如
+% 刘海洋编著的《\LaTeX{} 入门》\cite{刘海洋2013latex入门} 第一章,或“\pkg{lshort}” \cite{lshort}
+% 及其中文翻译版 \cite{lshort-zh-cn}。当然,网络上的 \LaTeX{} 教程数量甚多,也可自行选取。
+%^^A! This documentation is \emph{not} a \LaTeX{} tutorial at
+%^^A! starter's level. If you are totally a newbie, please read some
+%^^A! introductions like the famous \pkg{lshort}. Of course, there
+%^^A! are countless \LaTeX{} tutorials on the Internet. You can
+%^^A! choose whatever you like.
+%^^A!
+%
+% \subsection*{关于本文档}
+%^^A! \subsection*{About this documentation}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 本文档采用不同字体表示不同内容。无衬线字体表示宏包名称,如 \pkg{xeCJK} 宏包、\cls{fduthesis}
+% 文档类等;等宽字体表示代码或文件名,如 \cs{fdusetup} 命令、\env{abstract} 环境、\TeX{} 文档
+% \file{thesis.tex} 等;带有尖括号的楷体(或西文斜体)表示命令参数,如 \meta{模板选项}、
+% \meta{English title} 等。在使用时,参数两侧的尖括号不必输入。示例代码进行了语法高亮处理,
+% 以方便阅读。
+%^^A! In this documentation, different typefaces are used to
+%^^A! represent different contents. Packages and classes are shown
+%^^A! in sans-serif font, e.g.\ \pkg{xeCJK} package and
+%^^A! \cls{fduthesis} class. Commands and file names are shown in
+%^^A! monospaced font, e.g.\ command \cs{fdusetup}, environment
+%^^A! \env{abstract} and \TeX{} document \file{thesis.tex}.
+%^^A! Italic-shaped font with angle brackets outside means arguments,
+%^^A! e.g.\ \meta{English title}. However, you do not need to type
+%^^A! the brackets when using these commands. The example code has
+%^^A! proper syntax highlighting so it will be much easier to read.
+%^^A!
+%
+% 在用户手册中,带有蓝色侧边线的为 \LaTeX{} 代码,而带有粉色侧边线的则为命令行代码,请注意区分。
+% 模板提供的选项、命令、环境等,均列在左边栏并用横线框起,同时给出使用语法和相关说明。
+%^^A! \LaTeX{} code lines will have a blue line on their left, while
+%^^A! for command lines there will be a pink line. The options,
+%^^A! commands and environments in \cls{fduthesis} will be surrounded
+%^^A! by two horizontal lines. Their usages and descriptions are
+%^^A! provided at the same time.
+%^^A!
+%
+% 本模板中的选项、命令或环境可以分为以下三类:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item 名字后面带有 \rexptarget\rexpstar{} 的,表示只能在\emph{中文模板}中使用;
+% \item 名字后面带有 \exptarget\expstar{} 的,表示只能在\emph{英文模板}中使用;
+% \item 名字后面不带有特殊标记的,表示既可以在中文模板中使用,也可以在英文模板中使用。
+% \end{itemize}
+%^^A! The options, commands and environments in \cls{fduthesis} can be
+%^^A! divided into the following three types:
+%^^A! \begin{itemize}
+%^^A! \item Those can be only used in \emph{Chinese templates} are
+%^^A! indicated by \rexptarget\rexpstar{}.
+%^^A! \item Those can be only used in \emph{English templates} are
+%^^A! indicated by \rexptarget\expstar{}.
+%^^A! \item If they do not have marks afterwards, then you can use
+%^^A! them in both Chinese and English templates.
+%^^A! \end{itemize}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \section{安装}
+%^^A! \section{Installation}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \subsection{获取 \cls{fduthesis}}
+%^^A! \subsection{Obtaining \cls{fduthesis}}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \subsubsection{标准安装}
+%^^A! \subsubsection{Standard installation}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 如果没有特殊理由,始终建议使用宏包管理器安装 \cls{fduthesis}。例如在 \TeXLive{} 中,执行(可能
+% 需要管理员权限)
+% \begin{shellexample}[morekeywords={tlmgr,install}]
+% tlmgr install fduthesis
+% \end{shellexample}
+% 即可完成安装。如果已经装有完整版的 \TeXLive{},则 \cls{fduthesis} 应当已经包含在其中,此时即可
+% 直接使用,也可以执行
+% \begin{shellexample}[morekeywords={tlmgr,update},emph={--all}]
+% tlmgr update --all
+% \end{shellexample}
+% 检查并更新全部宏包。
+%^^A! If there are no special reasons, it is always recommended to
+%^^A! install \cls{fduthesis} with a package manager. For example,
+%^^A! the following command will install the package in \TeXLive{}
+%^^A! (administrator permission may be required):
+%^^A! \begin{shellexample}[morekeywords={tlmgr,install}]
+%^^A! tlmgr install fduthesis
+%^^A! \end{shellexample}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 在 \TeXLive{} 和 \MiKTeX{} 中,还可以通过图形界面进行安装和更新,此处不再赘述。
+%^^A! In \TeXLive{} and \MiKTeX{}, you can also install \cls{fduthesis}
+%^^A! through a graphical interface. It's rather simple and will not be
+%^^A! described here.
+%^^A!
+%
+% \subsubsection{手动安装}
+%^^A! \subsubsection{Install manually}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 如果需要从 CTAN 上自行下载并手动安装,可使用 TDS 安装包:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item 从 CTAN 上下载 \cls{fduthesis} 的
+% \href{https://mirror.ctan.org/install/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis.tds.zip}{TDS 安装包};
+% \item 按目录结构将 \file{fduthesis.tds.zip} 中的文件复制到 \TeX{} 发行版的本地 TDS 根目录;
+% \item 执行 \texttt{mktexlsr} 命令刷新文件名数据库以完成安装。
+% \end{itemize}
+%^^A! If you want to download the template from CTAN and install it
+%^^A! manually, the recommended way is to use the TDS ZIP file:
+%^^A! \begin{itemize}
+%^^A! \item Download the \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/install/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis.tds.zip}%
+%^^A! {TDS ZIP file} for \cls{fduthesis};
+%^^A! \item Copy all the files in \file{fduthesis.tds.zip} into the
+%^^A! local TDS directory of \TeX{} distribution.
+%^^A! \item Run \texttt{mktexlsr} to update the ls-R database.
+%^^A! \end{itemize}
+%^^A
+%
+% \subsubsection{开发版本}
+%^^A! \subsubsection{Development version}
+%^^A!
+%
+% CTAN 上仅提供了 \cls{fduthesis} 的稳定版,其更新可能较为滞后,一些 bug 常常不能得到及时修复。
+% 如果需要使用开发版(托管在 GitHub 上),可以使用模板提供的安装脚本:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item 打开 \href{https://github.com/stone-zeng/fduthesis}{项目主页},点击“Code”按钮,并选择
+% “Download ZIP”,下载 \file{fduthesis-main.zip};如果已经装有 Git 程序,也可通过以下命令直接
+% 克隆代码仓库:
+% \begin{shellexample}[gobble=7,alsoletter={.},morekeywords={git,clone}]
+% git clone https://github.com/stone-zeng/fduthesis.git
+% \end{shellexample}
+% \item 执行 \file{install-win.bat}(Windows 系统)或 \file{install-unix.sh}(Linux 或 macOS
+% 系统),所有需要的文件便会在 \file{thesis} 文件夹中生成。
+% \end{itemize}
+%^^A! On CTAN, only the stable version of \cls{fduthesis} is provided, where new features and
+%^^A! bug fixes may not be included in time. To use the latest development version on GitHub,
+%^^A! you can use the install script:
+%^^A! \begin{itemize}
+%^^A! \item Open the project's \href{https://github.com/stone-zeng/fduthesis}{homepage}, click
+%^^A! ``Code'' button and choose ``Download ZIP'' to download \file{fduthesis-main.zip}.
+%^^A! If you have git program on your computer, you can also clone the repository directly:
+%^^A! \begin{shellexample}[gobble=5,alsoletter={.},morekeywords={git,clone}]
+%^^A! git clone https://github.com/stone-zeng/fduthesis.git
+%^^A! \end{shellexample}
+%^^A! \item Run \file{install-win.bat} (Windows) or \file{install-unix.sh} (Linux or macOS),
+%^^A! all the necessary files will be found in the \file{thesis} folder then.
+%^^A! \end{itemize}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \subsubsection{Overleaf}
+%^^A! \subsubsection{Overleaf}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \cls{fduthesis} 也提供了 \href{https://www.overleaf.com/latex/templates/fduthesis-latex-thesis-template-for-fudan-university/svtdhhstkmkt}{Overleaf 的版本},
+% 打开链接并登录后即可直接编辑。
+%^^A! \cls{fduthesis} also provides the \href{https://www.overleaf.com/latex/templates/fduthesis-latex-thesis-template-for-fudan-university/svtdhhstkmkt}{Overleaf version}.
+%^^A! You can follow the link and login to edit directly on the web.
+%^^A!
+%
+% \subsection{模板组成}
+%^^A! \subsection{Composition of the template}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 本模板主要包含核心文档类、配置文件、附属宏包以及用户文档等几个部分,其具体组成见
+% 表~\ref{tab:fduthesis-components}。
+%^^A! There are several parts in \cls{fduthesis}, including kernel template
+%^^A! classes, configuration files, affiliated packages and user's guides.
+%^^A! More details are listed in table~\ref{tab:fduthesis-components}.
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{table}[ht]
+% \caption{\cls{fduthesis} 的主要组成部分}
+% \label{tab:fduthesis-components}
+% \centering
+% \small
+% \begin{tabular}{ll}
+% \toprule
+% \textbf{文件} & \textbf{功能说明} \\
+% \midrule
+% \file{fduthesis.cls} & 中文模板文档类 \\
+% \file{fduthesis-en.cls} & 英文模板文档类 \\
+% \file{fduthesis.def} & 参数配置文件,用于设定初始参数,不建议自行改动 \\
+% \file{fdudoc.cls} & 用户手册文档类 \\
+% \file{fdulogo.sty} & 复旦大学视觉识别系统 \\
+% \file{fudan-emblem.pdf} & 校徽 \\
+% \file{fudan-emblem-new.pdf} & 校徽(重修版) \\
+% \file{fudan-name.pdf} & 校名图片 \\
+% \file{README.md} & 简要自述 \\
+% \ifdefined\FDUCODEDOC
+% \file{fduthesis.pdf} & 中文用户手册 \\
+% \file{fduthesis-en.pdf} & 英文用户手册 \\
+% \file{fduthesis-code.pdf} & 模板实现代码(本文档) \\
+% \else
+% \file{fduthesis.pdf} & 中文用户手册(本文档) \\
+% \file{fduthesis-en.pdf} & 英文用户手册 \\
+% \file{fduthesis-code.pdf} & 模板实现代码 \\
+% \fi
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{table}
+%^^A! \begin{table}[ht]
+%^^A! \caption{The main components of \cls{fduthesis}}
+%^^A! \label{tab:fduthesis-components}
+%^^A! \centering
+%^^A! \begin{tabular}{lp{24em}}
+%^^A! \toprule
+%^^A! \textbf{Files} & \textbf{Descriptions} \\
+%^^A! \midrule
+%^^A! \file{fduthesis.cls} & Document class for Chinese thesis. \\
+%^^A! \file{fduthesis-en.cls} & Document class for English thesis.\\
+%^^A! \file{fduthesis.def} & Configuration parameters file
+%^^A! for \cls{fduthesis}. Please do \emph{not} modify it. \\
+%^^A! \file{fdudoc.cls} & Document class for user guides. \\
+%^^A! \file{fdulogo.sty} & Fudan University's visual identity. \\
+%^^A! \file{fudan-emblem.pdf} & University emblem. \\
+%^^A! \file{fudan-emblem-new.pdf} & University emblem (revised version). \\
+%^^A! \file{fudan-name.pdf} & Figure of university name. \\
+%^^A! \file{README.md} & The brief introduction. \\
+%^^A! \file{fduthesis.pdf} & User's guide in Chinese. \\
+%^^A! \file{fduthesis-en.pdf} & User's guide in English (this
+%^^A! document). \\
+%^^A! \file{fduthesis-code.pdf} & Code implementation. \\
+%^^A! \bottomrule
+%^^A! \end{tabular}
+%^^A! \end{table}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \section{使用说明}
+%^^A! \section{User's guide}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \subsection{基本用法}
+%^^A! \subsection{Getting started}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 以下是一份简单的 \TeX{} 文档,它演示了 \cls{fduthesis} 的最基本用法:
+%^^A! Here is a minimal \TeX{} file for \cls{fduthesis}:
+%^^A+
+% \begin{latexexample}[deletetexcs={\documentclass},
+% moretexcs={\chapter},morekeywords={\documentclass},
+% emph={[2]document}]
+% % thesis.tex
+% \documentclass{fduthesis}
+% \begin{document}
+% \chapter{欢迎}
+% \section{Welcome to fduthesis!}
+% 你好,\LaTeX{}!
+% \end{document}
+% \end{latexexample}
+%^^A-
+%^^A!
+%
+% 按照 \ref{subsec:编译方式}~小节中的方式编译该文档,您应当得到
+% 一篇 5 页的文章。当然,这篇文章的绝大部分都是空白的。
+%^^A! Compile this file under the instructions in
+%^^A! subsection~\ref{subsec:compilation}, you will get a 5-page article.
+%^^A! Of course, most of it will be blank, as you may predicate.
+%^^A!
+%
+% 英文模板可以用类似的方式使用:
+%^^A! The English version can be used in the same way:
+%^^A+
+% \begin{latexexample}[deletetexcs={\documentclass},
+% moretexcs={\chapter},morekeywords={\documentclass},
+% emph={[2]document}]
+% % thesis-en.tex
+% \documentclass{fduthesis-en}
+% \begin{document}
+% \chapter{Welcome}
+% \section{Welcome to fduthesis!}
+% Hello, \LaTeX{}!
+% \end{document}
+% \end{latexexample}
+%^^A-
+% 英文模板只对正文部分进行了改动,封面、指导小组成员以及声明页仍将
+% 显示为中文。
+%^^A! The differences between English and Chinese version only
+%^^A! live in the main body. Thesis cover, instructors list and
+%^^A! declaration page are still printed in Chinese.
+%^^A!
+%
+% \subsection{编译方式} \label{subsec:编译方式}
+%^^A! \subsection{Compilation} \label{subsec:compilation}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 本模板不支持 \pdfTeX{} 引擎,请使用 \XeLaTeX{} 或 \LuaLaTeX{}
+% 编译。推荐使用 \XeLaTeX{}。为了生成正确的目录、脚注以及交叉引用,
+% 您至少需要连续编译两次。
+%^^A! \cls{fduthesis} does NOT support \pdfTeX{}. Please use
+%^^A! \XeLaTeX{} or \LuaLaTeX{} to compile, and \XeLaTeX{} is
+%^^A! recommended. To get the correct table of contents, footnotes
+%^^A! and cross-references, you need to compile the source file at
+%^^A! least twice.
+%^^A!
+%
+% 以下代码中,假设您的 \TeX{} 源文件名为 \file{thesis.tex}。
+% 使用 \XeLaTeX{} 编译论文,请在命令行中执行
+% \begin{shellexample}[morekeywords={xelatex}]
+% xelatex thesis
+% xelatex thesis
+% \end{shellexample}
+% 或使用 \pkg{latexmk}:
+% \begin{shellexample}[morekeywords={latexmk},emph={-xelatex}]
+% latexmk -xelatex thesis
+% \end{shellexample}
+%^^A! In the following example, suppose your \TeX{} source file is
+%^^A! \file{thesis.tex}. Please execute the following commands if
+%^^A! you want to use \XeLaTeX{}:
+%^^A! \begin{shellexample}[morekeywords={xelatex}]
+%^^A! xelatex thesis
+%^^A! xelatex thesis
+%^^A! \end{shellexample}
+%^^A! You can use \pkg{latexmk} as well:
+%^^A! \begin{shellexample}[morekeywords={latexmk},emph={-xelatex}]
+%^^A! latexmk -xelatex thesis
+%^^A! \end{shellexample}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 使用 \LuaLaTeX{} 编译论文,请在命令行中执行
+% \begin{shellexample}[morekeywords={lualatex}]
+% lualatex thesis
+% lualatex thesis
+% \end{shellexample}
+% 或者
+% \begin{shellexample}[morekeywords={latexmk},emph={-lualatex}]
+% latexmk -lualatex thesis
+% \end{shellexample}
+%^^A! \LuaLaTeX{} can be used in a similar way:
+%^^A! \begin{shellexample}[morekeywords={lualatex}]
+%^^A! lualatex thesis
+%^^A! lualatex thesis
+%^^A! \end{shellexample}
+%^^A! or
+%^^A! \begin{shellexample}[morekeywords={latexmk},emph={-lualatex}]
+%^^A! latexmk -lualatex thesis
+%^^A! \end{shellexample}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \subsection{模板选项}
+%^^A! \subsection{Options of the template}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 所谓“模板选项”,指需要在引入文档类的时候指定的选项:
+% \begin{latexexample}[deletetexcs={\documentclass},
+% morekeywords={\documentclass}]
+% \documentclass(*\oarg{模板选项}*){fduthesis}
+% \documentclass(*\oarg{模板选项}*){fduthesis-en}
+% \end{latexexample}
+%^^A! You can specify some \emph{template options} when loading
+%^^A! \cls{fduthesis}:
+%^^A! \begin{latexexample}[deletetexcs={\documentclass},
+%^^A! morekeywords={\documentclass}]
+%^^A! \documentclass(*\oarg{options}*){fduthesis}
+%^^A! \documentclass(*\oarg{options}*){fduthesis-en}
+%^^A! \end{latexexample}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 有些模板选项为布尔型,它们只能在 \opt{true} 和 \opt{false}
+% 中取值。对于这些选项,\kvopt{\meta{选项}}{true} 中的“|= true|”
+% 可以省略。
+%^^A! Some options are \emph{boolean} --- they only take the value
+%^^A! \opt{true} or \opt{false}. For these options, you can
+%^^A! abbreviate ``\kvopt{\meta{option}}{true}'' simply to
+%^^A! ``\opt{\meta{option}}''.
+%^^A!
+%
+%^^A+
+% \begin{function}[added=2018-02-01]{type}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]type}]
+% type = (*<doctor|master|(bachelor)>*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A-
+% 选择论文类型。三种选项分别代表博士学位论文、硕士学位论文和本科
+% 毕业论文。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! Choose the type of your thesis. The three options represent
+%^^A! doctoral dissertation, master degree thesis and undergraduate
+%^^A! thesis, respectively.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{oneside,twoside}
+% 指明论文的单双面模式,默认为 \opt{twoside}。该选项会影响每章
+% 的开始位置,还会影响页眉样式。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{oneside,twoside}
+%^^A! Specify whether single or double sided output should be
+%^^A! generated. \opt{twoside} will be chosen by default. These
+%^^A! option will determine where the new chapters begin and how
+%^^A! the headers display. The option \opt{twoside} does
+%^^A! \emph{not} tell the printer to actually make a two-sided
+%^^A! printout.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 在双面模式(\opt{twoside})下,按照通常的排版惯例,每章应只从
+% 奇数页(在右)开始;而在单页模式(\opt{oneside})下,则可以从
+% 任意页面开始。本模板中,目录、摘要、符号表等均视作章,也按相同
+% 方式排版。
+%^^A! If choosing \opt{twoside}, chapters will begin at the odd pages
+%^^A! (right hand). However, they will begin at arbitrary pages
+%^^A! available when choosing \opt{oneside}. Table of contents,
+%^^A! abstract and the list of symbols are considered as chapters and
+%^^A! processed in the same way.
+%^^A!
+%
+% 双面模式下,正文部分偶数页(在左)的左页眉显示章标题,奇数页
+% (在右)的右页眉显示节标题;前置部分的页眉按同样格式显示,但文字
+% 均为对应标题(如“目录”、“摘要”等)。
+% 而在单面模式下,正文部分则页面不分奇偶,均同时显示左、右页眉,
+% 文字分别为章标题和节标题;前置部分只有中间页眉,显示对应标题。
+%^^A! At two-sided mode, left headers on the even pages (left hand)
+%^^A! in \emph{main body} will show the title of chapters, while the
+%^^A! right headers on the odd pages (right hand) will show the
+%^^A! title of sections. Headers in \emph{front matter} have the
+%^^A! same style, but they will only show the title as ``Contents'',
+%^^A! ``Abstract'', etc.
+%^^A!
+%^^A! At one-sided mode, both left and right headers on \emph{all}
+%^^A! pages in main body will be shown. The text is the title of
+%^^A! chapters and sections, respectively. In front matter, there
+%^^A! are only middle headers, which show the corresponding titles.
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{draft}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]draft}]
+% draft = (*<\TFF>*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 选择是否开启草稿模式,默认关闭。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{draft}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]draft}]
+%^^A! draft = (*<\TFF>*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Enable draft mode. Default off.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 草稿模式为全局选项,会影响到很多宏包的工作方式。
+% 开启之后,主要的变化有:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item 把行溢出的盒子显示为黑色方块;
+% \item 不实际插入图片,只输出一个占位方框;
+% \item 关闭超链接渲染,也不再生成 PDF 书签;
+% \item 显示页面边框。
+% \end{itemize}
+%^^A! \opt{draft} is a global option and will affect many packages.
+%^^A! You may notice the following changes when using \opt{draft}:
+%^^A! \begin{itemize}
+%^^A! \item Lines with overfull \tn{hbox}'s will be marked with
+%^^A! a thick black square on the right margin.
+%^^A! \item Will not include graphics files actually, but instead
+%^^A! print a box of the size the graphic would take up, as well
+%^^A! as the file name.
+%^^A! \item Will not make hyperlinks and PDF bookmarks.
+%^^A! \item Show the page frames.
+%^^A! \end{itemize}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}[added=2018-01-31]{config}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]config}]
+% config = (*\marg{文件}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 用户配置文件的文件名。默认为空,即不载入用户配置文件。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}[added=2018-01-31]{config}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]config}]
+%^^A! config = (*\marg{file}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! File name of user profile. Default value is empty, so no
+%^^A! profile is loaded automatically.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \subsection{参数设置}
+%^^A! \subsection{More options}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{\fdusetup}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[morekeywords={\fdusetup}]
+% \fdusetup(*\marg{键值列表}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 本模板提供了一系列选项,可由您自行配置。载入文档类之后,以下
+% 所有选项均可通过统一的命令 \cs{fdusetup} 来设置。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{\fdusetup}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[morekeywords={\fdusetup}]
+%^^A! \fdusetup(*\marg{key-value list}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! \cls{fduthesis} has provided a number of options, which
+%^^A! can be given via the general command \cs{fdusetup}.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \cs{fdusetup} 的参数是一组由(英文)逗号隔开的选项列表,列表中的
+% 选项通常是 \kvopt{\meta{key}}{\meta{value}} 的形式。部分选项的
+% \meta{value} 可以省略。对于同一项,后面的设置将会覆盖前面的设置。
+% 在下文的说明中,将用\textbf{粗体}表示默认值。
+%^^A! The argument of \cs{fdusetup} is a set of comma-separated option list.
+%^^A! The options usually have the form of \kvopt{\meta{key}}{\meta{value}}
+%^^A! and in some cases \meta{value} can be omitted.
+%^^A! For the same option, the values given later will override the
+%^^A! the previous ones. Default values are indicated in
+%^^A! \textbf{boldface} in the following descriptions.
+%^^A!
+%
+% \cs{fdusetup} 采用 \LaTeX3 风格的键值设置,支持不同类型以及多种
+% 层次的选项设定。键值列表中,“|=|”左右的空格不影响设置;但需注意,
+% 参数列表中不可以出现空行。
+%^^A! \cs{fdusetup} follows \LaTeX3 key-value style, and different
+%^^A! types as well as various levels options are supported. In the
+%^^A! key-value list, spaces around ``|=|'' will be trimmed; however,
+%^^A! blank lines should never appear in the argument.
+%^^A!
+%
+% 与模板选项相同,布尔型的参数可以省略 \kvopt{\meta{选项}}{true}
+% 中的“\kvopt{}{true}”。
+%^^A! Similar with template options, ``\kvopt{\meta{option}}{true}''
+%^^A! can be abbreviated to \opt{\meta{option}} for boolean type.
+%^^A!
+%
+% 另有一些选项包含子选项,如 \opt{style} 和 \opt{info} 等。它们可以
+% 按如下两种等价方式来设定:
+%^^A! Some options, such as \opt{style} and \opt{info}, may have
+%^^A! sub-options. They can be set by the following two equivalent
+%^^A! methods:
+%^^A+
+% \begin{latexexample}[morekeywords={\fdusetup},
+% emph={[1]style,cjk-font,font-size,info,title,title*,author,author*,department}]
+% \fdusetup{
+% style = {cjk-font = adobe, font-size = -4},
+% info = {
+% title = {论动体的电动力学},
+% title* = {On the Electrodynamics of Moving Bodies},
+% author = {阿尔伯特·爱因斯坦},
+% author* = {Albert Einstein},
+% department = {物理学系}
+% }
+% }
+% \end{latexexample}
+%^^A-
+% 或者
+%^^A! or
+%^^A+
+% \begin{latexexample}[morekeywords={\fdusetup},
+% emph={[1]style,cjk-font,font-size,info,title,title*,author,author*,department}]
+% \fdusetup{
+% style/cjk-font = adobe,
+% style/font-size = -4,
+% info/title = {论动体的电动力学},
+% info/title* = {On the Electrodynamics of Moving Bodies},
+% info/author = {阿尔伯特·爱因斯坦},
+% info/author* = {Albert Einstein},
+% info/department = {物理学系}
+% }
+% \end{latexexample}
+%^^A-
+%^^A!
+%
+% 注意 “|/|” 的前后均不可以出现空白字符。
+%^^A! Note that you may \emph{not} put spaces around ``|/|''.
+%^^A!
+%
+% \subsubsection{论文格式} \label{subsubsec:论文格式}
+%^^A! \subsubsection{Style and format} \label{subsubsec:style-and-format}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{style}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]style}]
+% style = (*\marg{键值列表}*)
+% style/(*\meta{key}*) = (*\meta{value}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 该选项包含许多子项目,用于设置论文格式。具体内容见下。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{style}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]style}]
+%^^A! style = (*\marg{key-value list}*)
+%^^A! style/(*\meta{key}*) = (*\meta{value}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! This general option is for setting the thesis style and format.
+%^^A! See the following details.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+%^^A+
+% \begin{function}[updated=2019-03-05]{style/font}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]font}]
+% font = (*<garamond|libertinus|lm|palatino|(times)|times*|none>*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A-
+% 设置西文字体(包括数学字体)。具体配置见表~\ref{tab:font}。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! Set fonts (including math fonts). The details can be found in table~\ref{tab:font}.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{table}[ht]
+% \centering
+% \begin{threeparttable}
+% \caption{西文字体配置}
+% \label{tab:font}
+% \small
+% \begin{tabular}{ccccc}
+% \toprule
+% & \textbf{正文字体} & \textbf{无衬线字体} & \textbf{等宽字体} & \textbf{数学字体} \\
+% \midrule
+% |garamond| & EB Garamond & Libertinus Sans & LM Mono\tnote{a} & Garamond Math \\
+% |libertinus| & Libertinus Serif & Libertinus Sans & LM Mono & Libertinus Math \\
+% |lm| & LM Roman & LM Sans & LM Mono & LM Math \\
+% |palatino| & TG Pagella\tnote{b} & Libertinus Sans & LM Mono & TG Pagella Math \\
+% |times| & XITS & TG Heros & TG Cursor & XITS Math \\
+% |times*|\tnote{c} & Times New Roman & Arial & Courier New & XITS Math \\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabular}
+% \begin{tablenotes}
+% \item[a] “LM”是 Latin Modern 的缩写。
+% \item[b] “TG”是 TeX Gyre 的缩写。
+% \item[c] 本行中,Times New Roman、Arial 和 Courier New 是商业字体,
+% 不包含在 \TeXLive{} 发行版中,但在 Windows 和 macOS 系统上均默认安装。
+% \end{tablenotes}
+% \end{threeparttable}
+% \end{table}
+%^^A! \begin{table}[ht]
+%^^A! \begin{threeparttable}
+%^^A! \caption{Font configuration}
+%^^A! \label{tab:font}
+%^^A! \centering
+%^^A! \begin{tabular}{ccccc}
+%^^A! \toprule
+%^^A! & \textbf{Roman} & \textbf{Sans-serif} & \textbf{Monospaced} & \textbf{Math} \\
+%^^A! \midrule
+%^^A! |garamond| & EB Garamond & Libertinus Sans & LM Mono\tnote{a} & Garamond Math \\
+%^^A! |libertinus| & Libertinus Serif & Libertinus Sans & LM Mono & Libertinus Math \\
+%^^A! |lm| & LM Roman & LM Sans & LM Mono & LM Math \\
+%^^A! |palatino| & TG Pagella\tnote{b} & Libertinus Sans & LM Mono & TG Pagella Math \\
+%^^A! |times| & XITS & TG Heros & TG Cursor & XITS Math \\
+%^^A! |times*|\tnote{c} & Times New Roman & Arial & Courier New & XITS Math \\
+%^^A! \bottomrule
+%^^A! \end{tabular}
+%^^A! \begin{tablenotes}
+%^^A! \item[a] ``LM'' is the abbreviation of Latin Modern.
+%^^A! \item[b] ``TG'' is the abbreviation of TeX Gyre.
+%^^A! \item[c] Here, Times New Roman, Arial and Courier New are commercial fonts. They are
+%^^A! installed on Windows and macOS by default.
+%^^A! \end{tablenotes}
+%^^A! \end{threeparttable}
+%^^A! \end{table}
+%
+%^^A+
+% \begin{function}[rEXP,updated=2019-03-05]{style/cjk-font}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]cjk-font}]
+% cjk-font = (*<adobe|(fandol)|founder|mac|sinotype|sourcehan|windows|none>*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A-
+% 设置中文字体。具体配置见表~\ref{tab:cjk-font}。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! Set CJK (Chinese, Japanese and Korean) fonts. The details can be found in
+%^^A! table~\ref{tab:cjk-font}.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{table}[ht]
+% \caption{中文字体配置}
+% \label{tab:cjk-font}
+% \centering
+% \small
+% \begin{tabular}{ccccc}
+% \toprule
+% & \textbf{正文字体(宋体)} & \textbf{无衬线字体(黑体)} & \textbf{等宽字体(仿宋)} & \textbf{楷体} \\
+% \midrule
+% |adobe| & Adobe 宋体 & Adobe 黑体 & Adobe 仿宋 & Adobe 楷体 \\
+% |fandol| & Fandol 宋体 & Fandol 黑体 & Fandol 仿宋 & Fandol 楷体 \\
+% |founder| & 方正书宋 & 方正黑体 & 方正仿宋 & 方正楷体 \\
+% |mac| & (华文)宋体-简 & (华文)黑体-简 & 华文仿宋 & (华文)楷体-简 \\
+% |sinotype| & 华文宋体 & 华文黑体 & 华文仿宋 & 华文楷体 \\
+% |sourcehan| & 思源宋体 & 思源黑体 & --- & --- \\
+% |windows| & (中易)宋体 & (中易)黑体 & (中易)仿宋 & (中易)楷体 \\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{table}
+%^^A! \begin{table}[ht]
+%^^A! \caption{CJK font configuration}
+%^^A! \label{tab:cjk-font}
+%^^A! \centering
+%^^A! \begin{tabular}{cccc}
+%^^A! \toprule
+%^^A! & \textbf{Roman (song)} & \textbf{Sans-serif (hei)} & \textbf{Monospaced (fang)} \\
+%^^A! \midrule
+%^^A! |adobe| & Adobe Song Std & Adobe Heiti Std & Adobe Fangsong Std \\
+%^^A! |fandol| & FandolSong & FandolHei & FandolFang \\
+%^^A! |founder| & FZShuSong-Z01 & FZHei-B01 & FZFangSong-Z02 \\
+%^^A! |mac| & Songti SC & Heiti SC & STFangsong \\
+%^^A! |sinotype| & STSong & STHeiti & STFangsong \\
+%^^A! |sourcehan| & Source Han Serif SC & Source Han Sans SC & --- \\
+%^^A! |windows| & SimSun & SimHei & FangSong \\
+%^^A! \bottomrule
+%^^A! \end{tabular}
+%^^A! \end{table}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 启用 \kvopt{font}{none} 或 \kvopt{cjk-font}{none} 之后,模板将关闭
+% 默认西文 / 中文字体设置。此时,您需要自行使用 \cs{setmainfont}、
+% \cs{setCJKmainfont}、\cs{setmathfont} 等命令来配置字体。
+%^^A! When you choose \kvopt{font}{none} or \kvopt{cjk-font}{none},
+%^^A! \cls{fduthesis} will disable the default western/CJK font
+%^^A! settings. You may use \cs{setmainfont}, \cs{setCJKmainfont}
+%^^A! and \cs{set\-math\-font}, etc.\ to configure the fonts manually.
+%^^A!
+%
+%^^A+
+% \begin{function}{style/font-size}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]font-size}]
+% font-size = (*<(-4)|5>*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A-
+% 设置论文的基础字号。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! Specify the basic font size in your thesis.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+%^^A+
+% \begin{function}[rEXP,updated=2017-10-14]{style/fullwidth-stop}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]fullwidth-stop}]
+% fullwidth-stop = (*<catcode|mapping|(false)>*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A-
+% 选择是否把全角实心句点\FSFW 作为默认的句号形状。
+% 这种句号一般用于科技类文章,以避免与下标“$_o$”或“$_0$”混淆。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! Let full-width full stop ``\FSFW'' as the default full stop.
+%^^A! Generally, this punctuation is used for scientific articles,
+%^^A! where ``\FSID'' is easily to be confused with subscript
+%^^A! ``$_o$'' or ``$_0$''.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 选择 \kvopt{fullwidth-stop}{catcode} 或 \opt{mapping} 后,都会实现上述效果。
+% 有所不同的是,在选择 \opt{catcode} 后,只有\emph{显式的}\FSID 会被替换
+% 为\FSFW;但在选择 \opt{mapping} 后,\emph{所有的}\FSID 都会被替换。例如,
+% 如果您用宏保存了一些含有\FSID 的文字,那么在选择 \opt{catcode} 时,其中
+% 的\FSID 不会将被替换为\FSFW。
+%^^A! If you choose \kvopt{fullwidth-stop}{catcode}, only
+%^^A! \emph{explicit} ``\FSID'' will be replaced by ``\FSFW''; when
+%^^A! choosing \kvopt{fullwidth-stop}{mapping}, however, \emph{all}
+%^^A! the ``\FSID'' will be replaced.
+%^^A!
+%
+% 选项 \kvopt{fullwidth-stop}{mapping} 只在 \XeTeX{} 下有效。使用
+% \LuaTeX{} 编译时,该选项相当于 \kvopt{fullwidth-stop}{catcode}。
+%^^A! \opt{mapping} is valid only under \XeTeX{}. When compiling
+%^^A! with \LuaTeX{}, it is equivalent to \opt{catcode}.
+%^^A!
+%
+% 如果您在选择 \kvopt{fullwidth-stop}{mapping} 后仍需要临时显示\FSID,
+% 可以按如下方法操作:
+% \begin{latexexample}[moretexcs={\CJKfontspec},emph={[1]Mapping}]
+% % 请使用 XeTeX 编译
+% % 外侧的花括号表示分组
+% 这是一个句号{\CJKfontspec{(*\meta{字体名}*)}[Mapping=full-stop]。}
+% \end{latexexample}
+%^^A! If you want to display ``\FSID'' temporarily after setting
+%^^A! \kvopt{fullwidth-stop}{mapping}, the following code snippet
+%^^A! will be helpful:
+%^^A! \begin{latexexample}[moretexcs={\CJKfontspec},emph={[1]Mapping}]
+%^^A! % Compiled with XeTeX
+%^^A! % The outside braces is used for group
+%^^A! 这是一个句号{\CJKfontspec{(*\meta{font name}*)}[Mapping=full-stop]。}
+%^^A! \end{latexexample}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{style/footnote-style}
+%^^A 这里奇怪的东西是用来控制对齐的。fdusyntax 会吃掉开头的几个
+%^^A 空格,因此这里用 . 来占位。
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]footnote-style}]
+% footnote-style = (*<plain|\\
+% ......\mbox{}~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~libertinus|libertinus*|libertinus-sans|\\
+% ......\mbox{}~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~pifont|pifont*|pifont-sans|pifont-sans*|\\
+% ......\mbox{}~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~xits|xits-sans|xits-sans*>*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 设置脚注编号样式。西文字体设置会影响其默认取值(见
+% 表~\ref{tab:footnote-font})。因此,要使得该选项生效,需将其
+% 放置在 \opt{font} 选项之后。带有 |sans| 的为相应的无衬线字体
+% 版本;带有 |*| 的为阴文样式(即黑底白字)。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{style/footnote-style}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]footnote-style}]
+%^^A! footnote-style = (*<plain|\\
+%^^A! ....\mbox{}~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~libertinus|libertinus*|libertinus-sans|\\
+%^^A! ....\mbox{}~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~pifont|pifont*|pifont-sans|pifont-sans*|\\
+%^^A! ....\mbox{}~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~xits|xits-sans|xits-sans*>*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Set the style of footnote numbers. Note that western fonts
+%^^A! will affect its default value (see table~\ref{tab:footnote-font}),
+%^^A! so you may put it after |font| option. The one with |sans|
+%^^A! is for the corresponding sans-serif version, while |*|
+%^^A! for white on black version.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{table}[ht]
+% \caption{西文字体与脚注编号样式默认值的对应关系}
+% \label{tab:footnote-font}
+% \centering
+% \small
+% \begin{tabular}{ccccc}
+% \toprule
+% \textbf{西文字体设置} &
+% |libertinus| & |lm| & |palatino| & |times| \\
+% \midrule
+% \textbf{脚注编号样式默认值} &
+% |libertinus| & |pifont| & |pifont| & |xits| \\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{table}
+%^^A! \begin{table}[ht]
+%^^A! \caption{Relationship between option \opt{font} and the
+%^^A! default value of \opt{footnote-style}}
+%^^A! \label{tab:footnote-font}
+%^^A! \centering
+%^^A! \begin{tabular}{ccccc}
+%^^A! \toprule
+%^^A! \textbf{Western fonts settings} &
+%^^A! |libertinus| & |lm| & |palatino| & |times| \\
+%^^A! \midrule
+%^^A! \textbf{Default value of footnote number style} &
+%^^A! |libertinus| & |pifont| & |pifont| & |xits| \\
+%^^A! \bottomrule
+%^^A! \end{tabular}
+%^^A! \end{table}
+%^^A!
+%
+%^^A+
+% \begin{function}[added=2017-08-13]{style/hyperlink}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]hyperlink}]
+% hyperlink = (*<border|(color)|none>*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A-
+% 设置超链接样式。\opt{border} 表示在超链接四周绘制方框;
+% \opt{color} 表示用彩色显示超链接;\opt{none} 表示没有特殊装饰,
+% 可用于生成最终的打印版文稿。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! Set the style of hyperlinks. \opt{border} draws borders around
+%^^A! hyperlinks; \opt{color} displays hyperlinks in colorful text;
+%^^A! \opt{none} leads to plain text, which is useful when printing
+%^^A! the final document.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}[added=2017-08-13,updated=2021-12-27]{style/hyperlink-color}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]hyperlink-color}]
+% hyperlink-color = (*<(default)|classic|material|graylevel|prl>*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 设置超链接颜色。该选项在 \kvopt{hyperlink}{none} 时无效。
+% 各选项所代表的颜色见表~\ref{tab:hyperlink-color}。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}[added=2017-08-13,updated=2021-12-27]{style/hyperlink-color}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]hyperlink-color}]
+%^^A! hyperlink-color = (*<(default)|classic|material|graylevel|prl>*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Set the color of hyperlinks. It is invalid if
+%^^A! \kvopt{hyperlink}{none}. The related colors can be found
+%^^A! in table~\ref{tab:hyperlink-color}.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+%^^A+
+% \begin{table}[ht]
+% \centering
+% \small
+%^^A-
+% \newcommand\linkcolorexam[3]{^^A
+% {\small 图~\textcolor[HTML]{#1}{1-2},
+% (\textcolor[HTML]{#1}{3.4})~式} &
+% {\small \textcolor[HTML]{#2}{\texttt{https://g.cn}}} &
+% {\small 文献~[\textcolor[HTML]{#3}{1}],
+% (\textcolor[HTML]{#3}{Knuth~1986})}}
+%^^A! \newcommand\linkcolorexam[3]{%
+%^^A! {\small Fig.~\textcolor[HTML]{#1}{1-2},
+%^^A! Eq.~(\textcolor[HTML]{#1}{3.4})} &
+%^^A! {\small \textcolor[HTML]{#2}{\texttt{http://g.cn}}} &
+%^^A! {\small Ref.~[\textcolor[HTML]{#3}{1}],
+%^^A! (\textcolor[HTML]{#3}{Knuth~1986})}}
+% \begin{threeparttable}
+% \caption{预定义的超链接颜色方案}
+% \label{tab:hyperlink-color}
+%^^A! \begin{threeparttable}
+%^^A! \caption{Pre-defined hyperlink color schemes}
+%^^A! \label{tab:hyperlink-color}
+% \begin{tabular}{c*{3}{>{\hspace{0.2cm}}c<{\hspace{0.2cm}}}}
+% \toprule
+% \textbf{选项} & \textbf{链接} & \textbf{URL} & \textbf{引用} \\
+%^^A! \begin{tabular}{c*{3}{>{\hspace{0.2cm}}c<{\hspace{0.2cm}}}}
+%^^A! \toprule
+%^^A! \textbf{Options} & \textbf{Cross references} & \textbf{URL} & \textbf{Citation} \\
+%^^A+
+% \midrule
+% \opt{default} & \linkcolorexam{990000}{0000B2}{007F00} \\
+% \opt{classic} & \linkcolorexam{FF0000}{0000FF}{00FF00} \\
+% \opt{material}\tnote{a} & \linkcolorexam{E91E63}{009688}{4CAF50} \\
+% \opt{graylevel}\tnote{a} & \linkcolorexam{616161}{616161}{616161} \\
+% \opt{prl}\tnote{b} & \linkcolorexam{2D3092}{2D3092}{2D3092} \\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabular}
+% \begin{tablenotes}
+%^^A-
+% \item[a] 取自 Material 色彩方案
+% (见 \url{https://material.io/guidelines/style/color.html})。
+% \item[b] \textit{Physical Review Letter} 杂志配色。
+%^^A! \item[a] Material Design color palette
+%^^A! (See \url{https://material.io/guidelines/style/color.html}).
+%^^A! \item[b] \textit{Physical Review Letter} magazine.
+%^^A+
+% \end{tablenotes}
+% \end{threeparttable}
+% \end{table}
+%^^A-
+%^^A!
+%
+%^^A+
+% \begin{function}[added=2018-01-25]{style/bib-backend}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]bib-backend}]
+% bib-backend = (*<bibtex|biblatex>*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A-
+% 选择参考文献的支持方式。选择 \opt{bibtex} 后,将使用 \BibTeX{}
+% 处理文献,样式由 \pkg{natbib} 宏包负责;选择 \opt{biblatex} 后,
+% 将使用 \biber{} 处理文献,样式则由 \pkg{biblatex} 宏包负责。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! Specify the backend or driver of bibliography processing.
+%^^A! \BibTeX{} and \pkg{natbib} package will be used if you choose
+%^^A! \opt{bibtex}, while \biber{} and \pkg{biblatex} will be used
+%^^A! if you choose \opt{biblatex}.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}[added=2017-10-28,updated=2018-01-25]{style/bib-style}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]bib-style}]
+% bib-style = (*<author-year|(numerical)|\meta{其他样式}>*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 设置参考文献样式。\opt{author-year} 和 \opt{numerical} 分别对应
+% 国家标准 GB/T 7714--2015 \cite{gb-t-7714-2015} 中的著者—出版年制和
+% 顺序编码制。选择 \meta{其他样式} 时,如果 \kvopt{bib-backend}{bibtex},
+% 需保证相应的 \file{.bst} 格式文件能被调用;而如果
+% \kvopt{bib-backend}{biblatex},则需保证相应的 \file{.bbx} 格式文件
+% 能被调用。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}[added=2017-10-28,updated=2018-01-25]{style/bib-style}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]bib-style}]
+%^^A! bib-style = (*<author-year|(numerical)|\meta{other style}>*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Set the style of bibliography. \opt{author-year} and
+%^^A! \opt{numerical} will follow the standard GB/T 7714--2015.
+%^^A! By setting \kvopt{bib-style}{\meta{other style}}, you can use
+%^^A! other bibliography style (\file{.bst} file for
+%^^A! \kvopt{bib-backend}{bibtex} and \file{.bbx} file for
+%^^A! \kvopt{bib-backend}{biblatex}). Suffix is not needed.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}[added=2018-01-25]{style/cite-style}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]cite-style}]
+% cite-style = (*\marg{引用样式}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 选择引用格式。默认为空,即与参考文献样式(著者—出版年制或顺序
+% 编码制)保持一致。如果手动填写,需保证相应的 \file{.cbx} 格式文件
+% 能被调用。该选项在 \kvopt{bib-backend}{bibtex} 时无效。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}[added=2018-01-25]{style/cite-style}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]cite-style}]
+%^^A! cite-style = (*\marg{style}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Select citation style. Default value is empty, which means
+%^^A! the citation style will follow your bibliography style
+%^^A! (author-year or numeric). If you want change the citation
+%^^A! style, the corresponding \file{.cbx} file must be available.
+%^^A! This option is invalid when \kvopt{bib-backend}{bibtex}.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}[added=2018-01-25]{style/bib-resource}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]bib-resource}]
+% bib-resource = (*\marg{文件}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 参考文献数据源。可以是单个文件,也可以是用英文逗号隔开的一组文件。
+% 如果 \kvopt{bib-backend}{biblatex},则必须明确给出 \file{.bib}
+% 后缀名。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}[added=2018-01-25]{style/bib-resource}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]bib-resource}]
+%^^A! bib-resource = (*\marg{bib file\symbol{"28}s\symbol{"29}}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Specify the bibliography database (usually in \file{.bib}
+%^^A! format). If using more than one files, the file names should
+%^^A! be separated with comma. When \kvopt{bib-backend}{biblatex},
+%^^A! you must type in the ``\file{.bib}'' suffix.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}[added=2017-08-10]{style/logo}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]logo}]
+% logo = (*\marg{文件}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 封面中校名图片的文件名。默认值为 \file{fudan-name.pdf}。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}[added=2017-08-10]{style/logo}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]logo}]
+%^^A! logo = (*\marg{file}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! File name of the logo in thesis cover. Default value is
+%^^A! \file{fudan-name.pdf}.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}[added=2017-08-10]{style/logo-size}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]logo-size}]
+% logo-size = (*\marg{宽度}*)
+% logo-size = {(*\meta{宽度}*), (*\meta{高度}*)}
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 校名图片的大小。默认仅指定了宽度,为 |0.5\textwidth|\/。
+% 如果仅需指定高度,可在 \meta{宽度} 处填入一个空的分组 |{}|。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}[added=2017-08-10]{style/logo-size}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]logo-size}]
+%^^A! logo-size = (*\marg{width}*)
+%^^A! logo-size = {(*\meta{width}*), (*\meta{height}*)}
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Size of the logo. By default, only width is set to
+%^^A! |0.5\textwidth|. To set height only, you can put an
+%^^A! empty group ``|{}|'' at \meta{width}.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+%^^A+
+% \begin{function}[added=2017-07-06]{style/auto-make-cover}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]auto-make-cover}]
+% auto-make-cover = (*<\TTF>*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A-
+% 是否自动生成论文封面(封一)、指导小组成员名单(封二)和
+% 声明页(封三)。封面中的各项信息,可通过 \cs{fdusetup} 录入,
+% 具体请参阅 \ref{subsubsec:信息录入}~节。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! Whether generate thesis cover, list of instructors (inside
+%^^A! front cover) and declaration page (inside back cover)
+%^^A! automatically. Entries in the cover can be specified also
+%^^A! via \cs{fdusetup}, and you can find more details in
+%^^A! subsubsection~\ref{subsubsec:information}.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}[added=2021-09-21]{style/declaration-page}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]declaration-page}]
+% declaration-page = (*\marg{文件}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 插入扫描版的声明页 PDF 文档。如果为空(默认),则使用模板预定义的声明页。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}[added=2021-09-21]{style/declaration-page}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]declaration-page}]
+%^^A! declaration-page = (*\marg{file}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Insert the scanned declaration page PDF file. If empty (default),
+%^^A! then the pre-defined declaration page will be inserted.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{\makecoveri,\makecoverii,\makecoveriii}
+% 用于手动生成论文封面、指导小组成员名单和声明页。这几个命令不能
+% 确保页码的正确编排,因此除非必要,您应当始终使用自动生成的封面。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{\makecoveri,\makecoverii,\makecoveriii}
+%^^A! For generating thesis cover, list of instructors and
+%^^A! declaration page manually. These commands cannot guarantee
+%^^A! the correct page numbers, hence you should always use the
+%^^A! auto-generated thesis cover unless necessary.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \subsubsection{信息录入} \label{subsubsec:信息录入}
+%^^A! \subsubsection{Personal information} \label{subsubsec:information}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{info}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]info}]
+% info = (*\marg{键值列表}*)
+% info/(*\meta{key}*) = (*\meta{value}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 该选项包含许多子项目,用于录入论文信息。具体内容见下。以下带“|*|”
+% 的项目表示对应的英文字段。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{info}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]info}]
+%^^A! info = (*\marg{key-value list}*)
+%^^A! info/(*\meta{key}*) = (*\meta{value}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! This general option is for entering your personal information.
+%^^A! See the following details. Note that options with ``|*|'' are
+%^^A! the corresponding English items.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+%^^A+
+% \begin{function}[added=2018-02-01,updated=2019-03-12]{info/degree}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]degree}]
+% degree = (*<(academic)|professional>*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A-
+% 学位类型,仅适用于博士和硕士学位论文。\opt{academic} 和 \opt{professional}
+% 分别表示学术学位和专业学位。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! Degree type. This option can only be used in master degree
+%^^A! thesis.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{info/title,info/title*}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]title,title*}]
+% title = (*\marg{中文标题}*)
+% title* = (*\marg{英文标题}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 论文标题。默认会在约 20 个汉字字宽处强制断行,但为了语义的
+% 连贯以及排版的美观,如果您的标题长于一行,建议使用“|\\|”
+% 手动断行。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{info/title,info/title*}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]title,title*}]
+%^^A! title = (*\marg{title in Chinese}*)
+%^^A! title* = (*\marg{title in English}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Title of your thesis. The line width is about \qty{30}{em} by
+%^^A! default, but you may break it with |\\| manually.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{info/author,info/author*}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]author,author*}]
+% author = (*\marg{姓名}*)
+% author* = (*\marg{英文姓名(或拼音)}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 作者姓名。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{info/author,info/author*}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]author,author*}]
+%^^A! author = (*\marg{name in Chinese}*)
+%^^A! author* = (*\marg{name in English \lparen or Pinyin\rparen}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Author's name.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{info/supervisor}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]supervisor}]
+% supervisor = (*\marg{姓名}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 导师姓名。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{info/supervisor}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]supervisor}]
+%^^A! supervisor = (*\marg{name}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Supervisor's name.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{info/department}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]department}]
+% department = (*\marg{名称}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 院系名称。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{info/department}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]department}]
+%^^A! department = (*\marg{name}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Name of the department.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{info/major}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]major}]
+% major = (*\marg{名称}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 专业名称。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{info/major}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]major}]
+%^^A! major = (*\marg{name}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Name of the major.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{info/student-id}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]student-id}]
+% student-id = (*\marg{数字}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 作者学号。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{info/student-id}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]student-id}]
+%^^A! student-id = (*\marg{number}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Author's student ID.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 复旦大学学号共 11 位,前两位为入学年份,之后一位为学生类型
+% 代码(博士生为 1,硕士生为 2,本科生为 3),接下来的五位为
+% 专业代码,最后三位为顺序号。
+%^^A! In Fudan University, student ID has 11 digits. The first two
+%^^A! are the year of attendance; next one represents the student's
+%^^A! type (1 for doctor, 2 for master and 3 for bachelor); the
+%^^A! following five digits are major ID while the last three are
+%^^A! serial number.
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{info/school-id}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]school-id}]
+% school-id = (*\marg{数字}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 学校代码。默认值为 10246(这是复旦大学的学校代码)。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{info/school-id}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]school-id}]
+%^^A! school-id = (*\marg{number}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! School ID. Default value is 10246 (school ID of Fudan University).
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{info/date}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]date}]
+% date = (*\marg{日期}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 论文完成日期。默认值为文档编译日期(\tn{today})。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{info/date}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]date}]
+%^^A! date = (*\marg{date}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Finish date of your thesis. Default value is the compilation
+%^^A! date (\tn{today}).
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+%^^A+
+% \begin{function}[added=2017-07-04]{info/secret-level}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]secret-level}]
+% secret-level = (*<(none)|i|ii|iii>*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A-
+% 密级。\opt{i}、\opt{ii}、\opt{iii} 分别表示秘密、机密、绝密;
+% \opt{none} 表示论文不涉密,即不显示密级与保密年限。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! Secret level. \opt{i}, \opt{ii} and \opt{iii} means
+%^^A! ``秘密'' (secret), ``机密'' (confidential) and ``绝密''
+%^^A! (top secret) respectively. \opt{none} means your thesis is
+%^^A! not secret-related and secret level and year will not be
+%^^A! shown.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}[added=2017-07-04]{info/secret-year}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]secret-year}]
+% secret-year = (*\marg{年限}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 保密年限。建议您使用中文,如“五年”。该选项在设置
+% \kvopt{secret-level}{none} 时无效。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}[added=2017-07-04]{info/secret-year}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]secret-year}]
+%^^A! secret-year = (*\marg{year}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Secret year. It's recommended to use Chinese word as ``五年''
+%^^A! (5 years) here. This option is invalid if you have set
+%^^A! \kvopt{secret-level}{none}.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{info/instructors}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]instructors}]
+% instructors = (*\marg{成员 1, 成员 2, ...}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 指导小组成员。各成员之间需使用英文逗号隔开。为防止歧义,
+% 可以用分组括号“|{...}|”把各成员字段括起来。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{info/instructors}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]instructors}]
+%^^A! instructors = (*\marg{member 1, member 2, ...}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Instructors' name. Each name should be separated with
+%^^A! comma. To disambiguate, you may put text containing comma
+%^^A! into a group ``|{...}|''.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{info/keywords,info/keywords*}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]keywords,keywords*}]
+% keywords = (*\marg{中文关键字}*)
+% keywords* = (*\marg{英文关键字}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 关键字列表。各关键字之间需使用英文逗号隔开。为防止歧义,
+% 可以用分组括号“|{...}|”把各字段括起来。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{info/keywords,info/keywords*}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]keywords,keywords*}]
+%^^A! keywords = (*\marg{keywords in Chinese}*)
+%^^A! keywords* = (*\marg{keywords in English}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Keywords list. Each keyword should be separated with comma.
+%^^A! To disambiguate, you may put text containing comma into a
+%^^A! group ``|{...}|''.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{info/clc}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]clc}]
+% clc = (*\marg{分类号}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 中图分类号(CLC)。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{info/clc}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]clc}]
+%^^A! clc = (*\marg{classification codes}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Chinese Library Classification (CLC).
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}[added=2021-09-16]{info/jel}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]jel}]
+% jel = (*\marg{分类号}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% JEL 分类号,仅适用于部分院系。当被指定时,英文摘要中将仅显示 JEL
+% 分类号,而不再显示中图分类号。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}[added=2021-09-16]{info/jel}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]jel}]
+%^^A! jel = (*\marg{classification codes}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! \textit{Journal of Economic Literature} (JEL) Classification
+%^^A! Code. It's only mandatory for some departments. When specified,
+%^^A! CLC code in the English abstract will be replaced by it.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \subsection{正文编写}
+%^^A! \subsection{Writing your thesis}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{quotation}
+% 喬孟符(吉)博學多能,以樂府稱。嘗云:「作樂府亦有法,
+% 曰\CJKunderdot{鳳頭、豬肚、豹尾}六字是也。」大概起要美麗,中要浩蕩,
+% 結要響亮。尤貴在首尾貫穿,意思清新。苟能若是,斯可以言樂府矣。
+% \end{quotation}
+% \hfill ^^^^2e3a陶宗儀《南村輟耕錄·作今樂府法》 ^^A ^^^^2e3a = 破折号
+%
+% \subsubsection{凤头}
+%^^A! \subsubsection{Front matter}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{\frontmatter}
+% 声明前置部分开始。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{\frontmatter}
+%^^A! Declare the beginning of front matter.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 在本模板中,前置部分包含目录、中英文摘要以及符号表等。
+% 前置部分的页码采用小写罗马字母,并且与正文分开计数。
+%^^A! Front matter contains table of contents, abstracts and notation
+%^^A! list. The page numbers in front matter will be shown in
+%^^A! lowercase Roman numerals, and will be counted separately with
+%^^A! main matter.
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{\tableofcontents,\listoffigures,\listoftables}
+% 生成目录。为了生成完整、正确的目录,您至少需要编译\emph{两次}。对于图表
+% 较多的论文,也可以使用 \cs{listoffigures} 和 \cs{listoftables} 生成单独的
+% 插图、表格目录。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{\tableofcontents}
+%^^A! Generate the table of contents (TOC). You need to compile
+%^^A! the source file at least \emph{twice} to get the correct TOC.
+%^^A! If your thesis contains many figures or tables, you may also
+%^^A! use \cs{listoffigures} or \cs{listoftables} to generate a list
+%^^A! of them.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+%^^A TODO: \DescribeEnv{abstract}
+%^^A TODO: \DescribeEnv{abstract*}
+% \begin{function}{abstract}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[2]abstract}]
+% % 中文论文模板 (fduthesis) % 英文论文模板 (fduthesis-en)
+% \begin{abstract} \begin{abstract}
+% (*\meta{中文摘要} \hspace{3.52cm} \meta{英文摘要}*)
+% \end{abstract} \end{abstract}
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% \end{function}
+% \begin{function}[rEXP]{abstract*}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[2]abstract*}]
+% % 中文论文模板 (fduthesis)
+% \begin{abstract*}
+% (*\meta{英文摘要}*)
+% \end{abstract*}
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 摘要。中文模板中,不带星号和带星号的版本分别用来输入中文摘要
+% 和英文摘要;英文模板中没有带星号的版本,您只需输入英文摘要。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{abstract}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[2]abstract}]
+%^^A! % fduthesis (Chinese thesis) % fduthesis-en (English thesis)
+%^^A! \begin{abstract} \begin{abstract}
+%^^A! (*\meta{Chinese abstract} \hspace{3cm} \meta{English abstract}*)
+%^^A! \end{abstract} \end{abstract}
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}[rEXP]{abstract*}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[2]abstract*}]
+%^^A! % Only for fduthesis
+%^^A! \begin{abstract*}
+%^^A! (*\meta{English abstract}*)
+%^^A! \end{abstract*}
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Abstract environment. In \cls{fduthesis}, \env{abstract} and
+%^^A! \env{abstract*} are used for Chinese and English abstract,
+%^^A! respectively; while in \cls{fduthesis-en}, there is no
+%^^A! \env{abstract*} environment and you need to write the English
+%^^A! abstract merely.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 摘要的最后,会显示关键字列表以及中图分类号(CLC)或 JEL 分类号。这两项
+% 可通过 \cs{fdusetup} 录入,具体请参阅 \ref{subsubsec:信息录入}~节。
+%^^A! At the end of abstract (both Chinese and English, if available),
+%^^A! keywords list and CLC or JEL code will be shown. They can be
+%^^A! specified via command \cs{fdusetup} and you may refer to
+%^^A! subsubsection~\ref{subsubsec:information} for more details.
+%^^A!
+%
+%^^A TODO: \DescribeEnv{notation}
+% \begin{function}{notation}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[2]notation}]
+% \begin{notation}(*\oarg{列格式说明}*)
+% (*\meta{符号 1}*) & (*\meta{说明}*) \\
+% (*\meta{符号 2}*) & (*\meta{说明}*) \\
+% (*\phantom{\meta{符号 $n$}}*) (*$\vdots$*)
+% (*\meta{符号\ \kern-0.1em$n$}*) & (*\meta{说明}*)
+% \end{notation}
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 符号表。可选参数 \meta{列格式说明}与 \LaTeX{} 中标准表格的列格
+% 式说明语法一致,默认值为“|lp{7.5cm}|”,即第一列宽度自动调整,
+% 第二列限宽 \qty{7.5}{cm},两列均为左对齐。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{notation}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[2]notation}]
+%^^A! \begin{notation}(*\oarg{column format}*)
+%^^A! (*\meta{symbol 1}*) & (*\meta{description}*) \\
+%^^A! (*\meta{symbol 2}*) & (*\meta{description}*) \\
+%^^A! (*\phantom{\meta{symbol $n$}}*) (*$\vdots$*)
+%^^A! (*\meta{symbol \kern-0.1em$n$}*) & (*\meta{description}*)
+%^^A! \end{notation}
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Notation list (or symbol list, nomenclature) environment.
+%^^A! The optional argument \meta{column format} is the same as
+%^^A! in a standard \LaTeX{} table. The default value is
+%^^A! ``|lp{7.5cm}|'', which means auto-width for the first column
+%^^A! and fix-width (\qty{7.5}{cm}) for the second; both columns will
+%^^A! be left-aligned.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \subsubsection{猪肚}
+%^^A! \subsubsection{Main matter}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{\mainmatter}
+% 声明主体部分开始。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{\mainmatter}
+%^^A! Declare the beginning of main matter.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 主体部分是论文的核心,您可以分章节撰写。如有需求,也可以采用
+% 多文件编译的方式。主体部分的页码采用阿拉伯数字。
+%^^A! As the name suggests, ``main matter'' is the main body of your
+%^^A! thesis. When working on a big projects, it's usually a good
+%^^A! idea to split the source file into several parts. The page
+%^^A! numbers in main matter are shown in arabic numerals.
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}[updated=2018-01-15]{\footnote}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[deletetexcs={\footnote},morekeywords={\footnote}]
+% \footnote(*\marg{脚注文字}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 插入脚注。脚注编号样式可利用 \opt{style/footnote-style} 选项控制,
+% 具体见 \ref{subsubsec:论文格式}~小节。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}[updated=2018-01-15]{\footnote}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[deletetexcs={\footnote},morekeywords={\footnote}]
+%^^A! \footnote(*\marg{text}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Insert a footnote. The style of footnote numbers can be set
+%^^A! with option \opt{style/foot\-note\-style}. See
+%^^A! subsubsection~\ref{subsubsec:style-and-format} for more details.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{\caption}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[deletetexcs={\caption},morekeywords={\caption}]
+% \caption(*\marg{图表标题}*)
+% \caption(*\oarg{短标题}\marg{长标题}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 插入图表标题。可选参数 \meta{短标题} 用于图表目录。在
+% \meta{长标题} 中,您可以进行长达多段的叙述;但 \meta{短标题}
+% 和单独的 \meta{图表标题} 中则不允许分段。
+% \cite{刘海洋2013latex入门}
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{\caption}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[deletetexcs={\caption},morekeywords={\caption}]
+%^^A! \caption(*\marg{caption}*)
+%^^A! \caption(*\oarg{short caption}\marg{long caption}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Insert the caption of figure or table. The optional argument
+%^^A! \meta{short caption} will be shown in the list of figures/tables.
+%^^A! In \meta{long caption}, you can write descriptions for several
+%^^A! paragraphs, but \meta{short caption} and the single
+%^^A! \meta{caption} will not allow multi-paragraph text (i.e.\
+%^^A! text containing \tn{par}) inside.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 按照排版惯例,建议您将表格的标题放置在绘制表格的命令之前,
+% 而将图片的标题放置在绘图或插图的命令之后。另需注意,
+% \tn{caption} 命令必须放置在浮动体环境(如 \env{table} 和
+% \env{figure})中。
+%^^A! By convention, caption of a table is usually put \emph{before}
+%^^A! the table itself, while for figure it's the opposite.
+%^^A! In addition, command \tn{caption} must be put inside float
+%^^A! environments (e.g.\ \env{table} and \env{figure}).
+%^^A!
+%
+% \paragraph{参考文献引用}
+%^^A! \paragraph{Citations}
+%
+% \begin{function}[updated=2021-09-20]{\cite}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[deletetexcs={\cite},morekeywords={\cite}]
+% \cite(*\marg{文献标签}*)
+% \cite(*\oarg{页码}\marg{文献标签}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 插入所引用的文献。可选参数 \meta{页码} 可用来标注引文的页码。在不同的
+% 参考文献样式中,引用的样式也不尽相同。根据需要,模板还提供了更多的命令
+% 用来标记引用。顺序编码制和著者—出版年制下的各种引用方式见
+% 表~\ref{tab:citation-numerical} 和表~\ref{tab:citation-author-year}。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}[updated=2021-09-20]{\cite}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[deletetexcs={\cite},morekeywords={\cite}]
+%^^A! \cite(*\marg{bib key}*)
+%^^A! \cite(*\oarg{page number}\marg{bib key}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Insert citations. The optional argument \meta{page number} can be
+%^^A! used to indicate the page number of the citation. The citation style
+%^^A! varies among different bibliography styles. More commands are also
+%^^A! provided to mark the citations, which can be found in
+%^^A! table~\ref{tab:citation-numerical} (numerical style) and
+%^^A! \ref{tab:citation-author-year} (author-year style).
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+%^^A+
+% \NewDocumentCommand\verbcite{O{cite}om}{^^A
+% \IfNoValueTF{#2}{^^A
+% \texttt{\textbackslash#1\{#3\}}^^A
+% }{^^A
+% \texttt{\textbackslash#1[#2]\{#3\}}^^A
+% }}
+%^^A-
+%
+% \begin{table}[ht]
+% \caption{顺序编码制下的引用样式} \label{tab:citation-numerical}
+% \centering
+% \small
+% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{cCll}
+% \toprule
+% \textbf{引用方式} &
+% \textbf{排版效果} &
+% \textbf{\kvopt{bib-backend}{bibtex}} &
+% \textbf{\kvopt{bib-backend}{biblatex}} \\
+% \midrule
+% 单篇文献 &
+% 引文\cite{texbook} &
+% \verbcite{texbook} &
+% 同左 \\
+% 多篇文献 &
+% 引文\cite{texbook,companion} &
+% \verbcite{texbook,companion} &
+% 同左 \\
+% 标注页码 &
+% 引文\cite[126--137]{texbook} &
+% \verbcite[cite][126--137]{texbook} &
+% 同左 \\
+% 标注作者 &
+% \citet{texbook}指出 &
+% \verbcite[citet]{texbook} &
+% \verbcite[authornumcite]{texbook} \\
+% 标注作者、页码 &
+% \citet[42]{texbook}指出 &
+% \verbcite[citet][42]{texbook} &
+% \verbcite[authornumcite][42]{texbook} \\
+% 非上标 &
+% 引文{\citestyle{numbers}\cite{texbook}} &
+% \verbcite[parencite]{texbook} &
+% 同左 \\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabularx}
+% \end{table}
+%^^A! \begin{table}[ht]
+%^^A! \caption{Citations in numerical style} \label{tab:citation-numerical}
+%^^A! \centering
+%^^A! \small
+%^^A! \def\C#1{\textcolor{MaterialGreen}{#1}}
+%^^A! \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{cCll}
+%^^A! \toprule
+%^^A! \textbf{Styles} &
+%^^A! \textbf{Results} &
+%^^A! \textbf{\kvopt{bib-backend}{bibtex}} &
+%^^A! \textbf{\kvopt{bib-backend}{biblatex}} \\
+%^^A! \midrule
+%^^A! Single &
+%^^A! Text\textsuperscript{[\C1]} &
+%^^A! \verbcite{texbook} &
+%^^A! Same as left \\
+%^^A! Multiple &
+%^^A! Text\textsuperscript{[\C1--\C2]} &
+%^^A! \verbcite{texbook,companion} &
+%^^A! Same as left \\
+%^^A! With page &
+%^^A! Text\textsuperscript{[\C1]126--137} &
+%^^A! \verbcite[cite][126--137]{texbook} &
+%^^A! Same as left \\
+%^^A! With author &
+%^^A! Knuth\textsuperscript{[\C1]} states &
+%^^A! \verbcite[citet]{texbook} &
+%^^A! \verbcite[authornumcite]{texbook} \\
+%^^A! With page and author &
+%^^A! Knuth\textsuperscript{[\C1]42} states &
+%^^A! \verbcite[citet][42]{texbook} &
+%^^A! \verbcite[authornumcite][42]{texbook} \\
+%^^A! No superscript &
+%^^A! Text [\C1] &
+%^^A! \verbcite[parencite]{texbook} &
+%^^A! Same as left \\
+%^^A! \bottomrule
+%^^A! \end{tabularx}
+%^^A! \end{table}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{table}[ht]
+% \caption{著者—出版年制下的引用样式} \label{tab:citation-author-year}
+% \centering
+% \small
+% \def\!{\kern-1.5pt}
+% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{cCll}
+% \toprule
+% \textbf{引用方式} &
+% \textbf{排版效果} &
+% \textbf{\kvopt{bib-backend}{bibtex}} &
+% \textbf{\kvopt{bib-backend}{biblatex}} \\
+% \midrule
+% 单篇文献 &
+% (\citeauthor{texbook}\!, \citeyear{texbook}\!) &
+% \verbcite[citep]{texbook} &
+% \verbcite{texbook} \\
+% 多篇文献 &
+% (\citeauthor{texbook}\!, \citeyear{texbook}\!;
+% \citeauthor{companion}\!, \citeyear{companion}\!) &
+% \verbcite[citep]{texbook,companion} &
+% \verbcite{texbook,companion} \\
+% 标注页码 &
+% (\citeauthor{texbook}\!, \citeyear{texbook}\!)^^A
+% \textsuperscript{126--137} &
+% \verbcite[citep][126--137]{texbook} &
+% \verbcite[cite][126--137]{texbook} \\
+% 标注作者 &
+% \citeauthor{texbook}(\citeyear{texbook}\!) &
+% \verbcite[citet]{texbook} &
+% 同左 \\
+% 标注作者、页码 &
+% \citeauthor{texbook}(\citeyear{texbook}\!)\textsuperscript{42} &
+% \verbcite[citet][42]{texbook} &
+% 同左 \\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabularx}
+% \end{table}
+%^^A! \begin{table}[ht]
+%^^A! \caption{Citations in author-year style} \label{tab:citation-author-year}
+%^^A! \centering
+%^^A! \small
+%^^A! \def\C#1{\textcolor{MaterialGreen}{#1}}
+%^^A! \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{cCll}
+%^^A! \toprule
+%^^A! \textbf{Styles} &
+%^^A! \textbf{Results} &
+%^^A! \textbf{\kvopt{bib-backend}{bibtex}} &
+%^^A! \textbf{\kvopt{bib-backend}{biblatex}} \\
+%^^A! \midrule
+%^^A! Single &
+%^^A! (\C{Knuth}, \C{1986}) &
+%^^A! \verbcite[citep]{texbook} &
+%^^A! \verbcite{texbook} \\
+%^^A! Multiple &
+%^^A! (\C{Knuth}, \C{1986}; \C{Mittelbach et al.}, \C{2004}) &
+%^^A! \verbcite[citep]{texbook,companion} &
+%^^A! \verbcite{texbook,companion} \\
+%^^A! With page &
+%^^A! (\C{Knuth}, \C{1986})\textsuperscript{126--137} &
+%^^A! \verbcite[citep][126--137]{texbook} &
+%^^A! \verbcite[cite][126--137]{texbook} \\
+%^^A! With author &
+%^^A! \C{Knuth} (\C{1986}) &
+%^^A! \verbcite[citet]{texbook} &
+%^^A! Same as left \\
+%^^A! With page and author &
+%^^A! \C{Knuth} (\C{1986})\textsuperscript{42} &
+%^^A! \verbcite[citet][42]{texbook} &
+%^^A! Same as left \\
+%^^A! \bottomrule
+%^^A! \end{tabularx}
+%^^A! \end{table}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \paragraph{定理类环境}
+%^^A! \paragraph{Theorem-like environments}
+%
+%^^A TODO: \DescribeEnv{proof}
+% \begin{function}{axiom,corollary,definition,example,lemma,
+% proof,theorem}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[2]proof}]
+% \begin{proof}(*\oarg{小标题}*)
+% (*\meta{证明过程}*)
+% \end{proof}
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 一系列预定义的数学环境。具体含义见表~\ref{tab:theorem}。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{axiom,corollary,definition,example,lemma,
+%^^A! proof,theorem}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[2]proof}]
+%^^A! \begin{proof}(*\oarg{subheading}*)
+%^^A! (*\meta{procedure of proof}*)
+%^^A! \end{proof}
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! A series of pre-defined math environments.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{table}[ht]
+% \caption{预定义的数学环境} \label{tab:theorem}
+% \centering
+% \small
+% \begin{tabular}{*{8}{c}}
+% \toprule
+% \textbf{名称} &
+% \env{axiom} & \env{corollary} & \env{definition} & \env{example} &
+% \env{lemma} & \env{proof} & \env{theorem} \\
+% \midrule
+% \textbf{含义} &
+% 公理 & 推论 & 定义 & 例 &
+% 引理 & 证明 & 定理 \\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{table}
+%
+% 证明环境(\env{proof})的最后会添加证毕符号“$\QED$”。要确保
+% 该符号在正确的位置显示,您需要按照 \ref{subsec:编译方式}~节
+% 中的有关说明编译\emph{两次}。
+%^^A! A QED\footnote{Abbreviation of Latin phrase \emph{quod erat
+%^^A! demonstrandum}, means ``what was to be demonstrated''.}
+%^^A! symbol ``$\QED$'' will be added at the end of \env{proof}
+%^^A! environment. You need to compile the source file \emph{twice}
+%^^A! as in subsection~\ref{subsec:compilation} in order to make
+%^^A! the position of QED symbol correct.
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}[updated=2023-02-08]{\newtheorem}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[deletetexcs={\newtheorem},
+% morekeywords={\newtheorem,\newtheorem*}]
+% \newtheorem(*\oarg{选项}\marg{环境名}\marg{标题}*)
+% \newtheorem*(*\oarg{选项}\marg{环境名}\marg{标题}*)
+% \begin(*\marg{环境名}\oarg{小标题}*)
+% (*\meta{内容}*)
+% \end(*\marg{环境名}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 声明新的定理类环境(数学环境)。带星号的版本表示不进行编号,
+% 并且会默认添加证毕符号“$\QED$”。声明后,即可同预定义的数学环境
+% 一样使用。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}[updated=2017-12-12]{\newtheorem}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[deletetexcs={\newtheorem},
+%^^A! morekeywords={\newtheorem,\newtheorem*}]
+%^^A! \newtheorem(*\oarg{options}\marg{environment}\marg{title}*)
+%^^A! \newtheorem*(*\oarg{options}\marg{environment}\marg{title}*)
+%^^A! \begin(*\marg{environment}\oarg{subheading}*)
+%^^A! (*\meta{contents}*)
+%^^A! \end(*\marg{environment}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Declare new math environments (theorems). If you use
+%^^A! \cs{newtheorem*}, then the theorem will not be numbered, and
+%^^A! a QED symbol ``$\QED$'' will be added at the end of the
+%^^A! environment. All the theorem environments defined by yourself
+%^^A! can be used as the pre-defined ones.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 事实上,表~\ref{tab:theorem} 中预定义的环境正是通过以下方式定义的:
+% \begin{latexexample}[deletetexcs={\newtheorem},
+% morekeywords={\newtheorem,\newtheorem*}]
+% \newtheorem*{proof}{证明}
+% \newtheorem{axiom}{公理}
+% \newtheorem{corollary}{定理}
+% ...
+% \end{latexexample}
+%^^A! Actually, the pre-defined math environments are just defined
+%^^A! with \cs{new\-the\-o\-rem} and \cs{new\-the\-o\-rem*}:
+%^^A! \begin{latexexample}[deletetexcs={\newtheorem},
+%^^A! morekeywords={\newtheorem,\newtheorem*}]
+%^^A! \newtheorem*{proof}{proof}
+%^^A! \newtheorem{axiom}{axiom}
+%^^A! \newtheorem{corollary}{corollary}
+%^^A! ...
+%^^A! \end{latexexample}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 与 \cs{fdusetup} 相同,\cs{newtheorem} 的可选参数 \meta{选项}
+% 也为一组键值列表。可用的选项见下。注意您无需输入“|theorem/|”。
+%^^A! Similar with \cs{fdusetup}, the optional argument \meta{options}
+%^^A! of \cs{newtheorem} is a key-value list as well. The available
+%^^A! are described below. Note that you don't need to type in the
+%^^A! ``|theorem/|'' prefix.
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{theorem/style}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]style}]
+% style = (*<(plain)|margin|change|\\
+% XXXXXX\mbox{}~~~~~~~~break|marginbreak|changebreak>*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 定理类环境的总体样式。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{theorem/style}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]style}]
+%^^A! style = (*<(plain)|margin|change|\\
+%^^A! XXXX\mbox{}~~~~~~~~break|marginbreak|changebreak>*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! The overall style of the theorem environment.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{theorem/header-font}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]header-font}]
+% header-font = (*\marg{字体}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 定理头(即标题)的字体。中文模板默认为 \tn{sffamily},即无衬线体
+% (黑体);英文模板默认为 |\bfseries\upshape|,即加粗直立体。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{theorem/header-font}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]header-font}]
+%^^A! header-font = (*\marg{font}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Font of the theorem header. Default value is \tn{sffamily}
+%^^A! and |\bfseries\upshape| for Chinese and English template,
+%^^A! respectively.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{theorem/body-font}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]body-font}]
+% body-font = (*\marg{字体}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 定理内容的字体。中文模板默认为 \tn{fdu@kai},即楷体;英文模板
+% 默认为 \tn{itshape},即斜体。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{theorem/body-font}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]body-font}]
+%^^A! body-font = (*\marg{font}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Font of the theorem body. Default value is \tn{fdu@kai}
+%^^A! (\textit{楷体}) and \tn{itshape} for Chinese and English
+%^^A! template, respectively.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{theorem/qed}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]qed}]
+% qed = (*\marg{符号}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 定理结束标记(即证毕符号)。如果用 \cs{newtheorem} 声明定理,则默认为空;
+% 用 \cs{newtheorem*} 声明,则默认为 |\ensuremath{\QED}|,即“$\QED$”。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{theorem/qed}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]qed}]
+%^^A! qed = (*\marg{symbol}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Theorem end mark. For \cs{newtheorem}, default value is
+%^^A! empty; for \cs{newtheorem*}, default value is
+%^^A! |\ensuremath{\QED}| (i.e.\ ``$\QED$'').
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{theorem/counter}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]counter}]
+% counter = (*\marg{计数器}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 定理计数器,表示定理编号在 \meta{计数器} 的下一级,并会随 \meta{计数器}
+% 的变化而清零。\cite{刘海洋2013latex入门}默认为 |chapter|,表示按章编号。
+% 使用 \cs{newtheorem*} 时,该选项无效。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{theorem/counter}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[1]counter}]
+%^^A! counter = (*\marg{counter}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! The theorem will be enumerated within \meta{counter}. For
+%^^A! example, the default value is |chapter|, which means with
+%^^A! each new \tn{chapter}, the enumeration begins again with 1.
+%^^A! This option is invalid for \cs{newtheorem*}.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \subsubsection{豹尾}
+%^^A! \subsubsection{Back matter}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}{\backmatter}
+% 声明后置部分开始。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}{\backmatter}
+%^^A! Declare the beginning of back matter.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 后置部分包含参考文献、声明页等。
+%^^A! Back matter contains bibliography, declaration page, etc.
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}[updated=2018-01-25]{\printbibliography}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[morekeywords={\printbibliography}]
+% \printbibliography(*\oarg{选项}*)
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 打印参考文献列表。如果 \kvopt{bib-backend}{bibtex},则 \meta{选项}
+% 无效,相当于 \tn{bibliography} \texttt{\marg{文献数据库}},其中的
+% \meta{文献数据库} 可利用 \opt{style/bib-resource} 选项指定,具体见
+% \ref{subsubsec:论文格式}~小节;而如果 \kvopt{bib-backend}{biblatex},
+% 则该命令由 \pkg{biblatex} 宏包直接提供,可用选项请参阅其文档
+% \cite{biblatex}。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}[updated=2018-01-25]{\printbibliography}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[morekeywords={\printbibliography}]
+%^^A! \printbibliography(*\oarg{options}*)
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Print the bibliography. When \kvopt{bib-backend}{bibtex}, then
+%^^A! \meta{options} is invalid and this command is equivalent to
+%^^A! \tn{bibliography} \texttt{\marg{bib files}}, where \meta{bib files}
+%^^A! should be specified with option \opt{style/bib-resource} (see
+%^^A! subsubsection~\ref{subsubsec:style-and-format}). When
+%^^A! \kvopt{bib-backend}{bibtex}, then \tn{printbibliography} is
+%^^A! provided by \pkg{biblatex} and the available options can be
+%^^A! found in its documentation.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{function}[added=2023-02-06]{acknowledgements}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[2]acknowledgements}]
+% \begin{acknowledgements}
+% (*\meta{致谢内容}*)
+% \end{acknowledgements}
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 致谢。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}[added=2023-02-06]{acknowledgements}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[2]acknowledgements}]
+%^^A! \begin{acknowledgements}
+%^^A! (*\meta{acknowledgements}*)
+%^^A! \end{acknowledgements}
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Acknowledgements.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
+% \section{宏包依赖情况}
+%^^A! \section{Packages dependencies}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 使用不同编译方式、指定不同选项,会导致宏包依赖情况有所不同。
+% 具体如下:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item 在任何情况下,本模板都会\emph{显式}调用以下宏包
+% (或文档类):
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item \pkg{xtemplate} 和 \pkg{l3keys2e},用于扩展 \LaTeX3 编程环境。
+% 它们属于 \pkg{l3packages} 宏集。
+% \item \cls{ctexbook},提供中文排版的通用框架。属于 \CTeX{}
+% 宏集 \cite{CTeX}。
+% \item \pkg{amsmath},对 \LaTeX{} 的数学排版功能进行了
+% 全面扩展。属于 \AmSLaTeX{} 套件。
+% \item \pkg{unicode-math},负责处理 Unicode 编码的
+% OpenType 数学字体。
+% \item \pkg{geometry},用于调整页面尺寸。
+% \item \pkg{fancyhdr},处理页眉页脚。
+% \item \pkg{footmisc},处理脚注。
+% \item \pkg{ntheorem},提供增强版的定理类环境。
+% \item \pkg{graphicx},提供图形插入的接口。
+% \item \pkg{longtable},长表格(允许跨页)支持。
+% \item \pkg{caption},用于设置题注。
+% \item \pkg{xcolor},提供彩色支持。
+% \item \pkg{hyperref},提供交叉引用、超链接、电子书签等功能。
+% \end{itemize}
+% \item 开启 \kvopt{style/footnote-style}{pifont} 后,会调用
+% \pkg{pifont} 宏包。它属于 \pkg{psnfss} 套件。
+% \item 开启 \kvopt{style/bib-backend}{bibtex} 后,会调用
+% \pkg{natbib} 宏包,并依赖 \BibTeX{} 程序。参考文献样式由
+% \pkg{gbt7714} 宏包提供 \cite{natbib,gbt7714}。
+% \item 开启 \kvopt{style/bib-backend}{biblatex} 后,会调用
+% \pkg{biblatex} 宏包,并依赖 \biber{} 程序。参考文献样式由
+% \pkg{biblatex-gb7714-2015} 宏包提供
+% \cite{biblatex,biblatex-gb7714-2015}。
+% \end{itemize}
+%^^A! Different compilation methods and options will result in a
+%^^A! different packages dependency. Details are as follows:
+%^^A! \begin{itemize}
+%^^A! \item In any case, \cls{fduthesis} will load the following
+%^^A! packages \emph{explicitly}:
+%^^A! \begin{itemize}
+%^^A! \item \pkg{xtemplate} and \pkg{l3keys2e}, belong to
+%^^A! \pkg{l3packages} bundle
+%^^A! \item \cls{ctexbook}, belongs to \CTeX{} bundle
+%^^A! \item \pkg{amsmath}, belongs to \AmSLaTeX{} bundle
+%^^A! \item \pkg{unicode-math}
+%^^A! \item \pkg{geometry}
+%^^A! \item \pkg{fancyhdr}
+%^^A! \item \pkg{footmisc}
+%^^A! \item \pkg{ntheorem}
+%^^A! \item \pkg{graphicx}
+%^^A! \item \pkg{longtable}
+%^^A! \item \pkg{caption}
+%^^A! \item \pkg{xcolor}
+%^^A! \item \pkg{hyperref}
+%^^A! \end{itemize}
+%^^A! \item When chosen \kvopt{style/footnote-style}{pifont},
+%^^A! package \pkg{pifont} will be loaded. It belongs to
+%^^A! \pkg{psnfss} bundle.
+%^^A! \item When chosen \kvopt{style/bib-backend}{bibtex},
+%^^A! package \pkg{natbib} will be loaded. Meanwhile, program
+%^^A! \BibTeX{} will be required for compilation. The
+%^^A! bibliography style is provided by \pkg{gbt7714}.
+%^^A! \item When chosen \kvopt{style/bib-backend}{biblatex},
+%^^A! package \pkg{biblatex} will be loaded. Program \biber{}
+%^^A! will be required then. The bibliography style is provided
+%^^A! by \pkg{biblatex-gb7714-2015}.
+%^^A! \end{itemize}
+%^^A!
+%
+% 这里只列出了本模板直接调用的宏包。这些宏包自身的调用情况,
+% 此处不再具体展开。如有需要,请参阅相关文档。
+%^^A! Only the packages loaded directly by \cls{fduthesis} are listed
+%^^A! here. If you need to know the dependencies of the packages
+%^^A! themselves, please refer to the corresponding manuals.
+%^^A!
+%
+% \begin{thebibliography}{99}
+%
+% \newcommand\urlprefix{\newline\hspace*{\fill}}
+% \let\OldUrl=\url
+% \renewcommand\url[2][]{{\small\textit{#1}~\OldUrl{#2}}}
+% \newcommand\CTANurl[2][]{{^^A
+% \small\textit{#1}~\href{https://mirror.ctan.org/#2}{\texttt{CTAN://#2}}}}
+%
+% \subsection{图书}
+%
+% \bibitem[Knuth(1986)]{texbook}
+% \textsc{Knuth D E}.
+% \newblock \textit{The \TeX book: Computers \& Typesetting, volume A} [M].
+% \newblock Boston: Addison--Wesley Publishing Company, 1986
+% \urlprefix \CTANurl[源代码^^A
+% \footnote{此代码只可作为学习之用。未经 Knuth 本人同意,您不应当编译此文档。}:]^^A
+% {systems/knuth/dist/tex/texbook.tex}
+%
+% \bibitem[Mittelbach et~al.(2004)]{companion}
+% \textsc{Mittelbach F} and \textsc{Goossens M}.
+% \newblock \textit{The \LaTeX{} Companion} [M].
+% \newblock 2nd ed.
+% \newblock Boston: Addison--Wesley Publishing Company, 2004
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{胡伟2017latex2e}
+% 胡伟.
+% \newblock \textit{\LaTeXe{} 文类和宏包学习手册} [M].
+% \newblock 北京: 清华大学出版社, 2017
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{刘海洋2013latex入门}
+% 刘海洋.
+% \newblock \textit{\LaTeX{} 入门} [M].
+% \newblock 北京: 电子工业出版社, 2013
+%
+% \subsection{标准、规范}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{gb-t-7713.1-2006}
+% 国务院学位委员会办公室, 全国信息与文献标准化技术委员会.
+% \newblock \textit{学位论文编写规则: GB/T 7713.1--2006} [S].
+% \newblock 北京: 中国标准出版社, 2007
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{gb-t-7714-2015}
+% 全国信息与文献标准化技术委员会.
+% \newblock \textit{信息与文献\quad 参考文献著录规则: GB/T 7714--2015} [S].
+% \newblock 北京: 中国标准出版社, 2015
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{gb-t-15834-2011}
+% 教育部语言文字信息管理司.
+% \newblock \textit{标点符号用法: GB/T 15834--2011} [S/OL].
+% \newblock 北京: 中国标准出版社, 2012
+% \urlprefix\url{http://www.moe.gov.cn/ewebeditor/uploadfile/2015/01/13/20150113091548267.pdf}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{clreq}
+% W3C.
+% \newblock \textit{中文排版需求(Requirements for Chinese Text Layout)} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock W3C Editor's Draft.
+% \newblock (2022-09-01)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://w3c.github.io/clreq/}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{复旦大学论文规范}
+% 复旦大学图书馆, 复旦大学研究生院.
+% \newblock \textit{复旦大学博士、硕士学位论文规范} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock 2017 年 3 月修订版.
+% \newblock (2017-03-27)
+% \urlprefix\url{http://www.gs.fudan.edu.cn/_upload/article/4c/a8/a82545ef443b9c057c14ba13782c/c883c6f3-6d7f-410c-8f30-d8bde6fcb990.doc}
+%
+% \subsection{宏包、模版}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{source2e}
+% \textsc{Braams J}, \textsc{Carlisle D}, \textsc{Jeffrey A}, et al.
+% \newblock \textit{The \LaTeXe{} Sources} [CP/OL].
+% \newblock (2022-06-01)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://ctan.org/pkg/latex}
+% \urlprefix\CTANurl[源代码:]{macros/latex/base/source2e.pdf}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{CTeX}
+% \textsc{CTEX.ORG}.
+% \newblock \textit{\CTeX{} 宏集手册} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock version 2.5.10,
+% \newblock (2022-07-14)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://ctan.org/pkg/ctex}
+% \urlprefix\CTANurl[文档及源代码:]{language/chinese/ctex/ctex.pdf}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{xeCJK}
+% \textsc{CTEX.ORG}.
+% \newblock \textit{\pkg{xeCJK} 宏包} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock version 3.9.1,
+% \newblock (2022-08-05)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://ctan.org/pkg/xecjk}
+% \urlprefix\CTANurl[文档及源代码:]{macros/xetex/latex/xecjk/xeCJK.pdf}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{natbib}
+% \textsc{Daly P W}.
+% \newblock \textit{Natural Sciences Citations and References} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock version 8.31b,
+% \newblock (2010-09-13)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://ctan.org/pkg/natbib}
+% \urlprefix\CTANurl[文档及源代码:]{macros/latex/contrib/natbib/natbib.pdf}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{source3}
+% \textsc{The \LaTeX3 Project}.
+% \newblock \textit{The \LaTeX3 Sources} [CP/OL].
+% \newblock (2022-08-30)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://ctan.org/pkg/l3kernel}
+% \urlprefix\CTANurl[源代码:]{macros/latex/contrib/l3kernel/source3.pdf}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{biblatex}
+% \textsc{Kime P}, \textsc{Wemheuer M}, \textsc{Lehman P}.
+% \newblock \textit{The \pkg{biblatex} Package} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock version 3.18b,
+% \newblock (2022-07-12)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex}
+% \urlprefix\CTANurl[文档:]{macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{lshort}
+% \textsc{Oetiker T}, \textsc{Partl H}, \textsc{Hyna I}, et al.
+% \newblock \textit{The Not So Short Introduction to \LaTeXe{}: Or \LaTeXe{} in 139 minutes} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock version 6.4,
+% \newblock (2021-03-09)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort-english}
+% \urlprefix\CTANurl[文档:]{info/lshort/english/lshort.pdf}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{lshort-zh-cn}
+% \textsc{Oetiker T}, \textsc{Partl H}, \textsc{Hyna I}, et al.
+% \newblock \textit{一份(不太)简短的 \LaTeXe{} 介绍: 或 111 分钟了解 \LaTeXe{}} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock \CTeX{} 开发小组, 译.
+% \newblock 原版版本 version 6.4, 中文版本 version 6.03,
+% \newblock (2021-11-20)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://ctan.org/pkg/lshort-zh-cn}
+% \urlprefix\CTANurl[文档:]{info/lshort/chinese/lshort-zh-cn.pdf}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{biblatex-gb7714-2015}
+% 胡振震.
+% \newblock \textit{符合 GB/T 7714-2015 标准的 biblatex 参考文献样式} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock version 1.1j,
+% \newblock (2022-08-29)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex-gb7714-2015}
+% \urlprefix\CTANurl[文档:]{biblatex-contrib/biblatex-gb7714-2015/biblatex-gb7714-2015.pdf}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{gbt7714}
+% 李泽平(\textsc{Zeping L}).
+% \newblock \textit{GB/T 7714-2015 \BibTeX{} Style} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock version 2.1.4,
+% \newblock (2022-03-12)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://ctan.org/pkg/gbt7714}
+% \urlprefix\CTANurl[文档:]{biblio/bibtex/contrib/gbt7714/gbt7714.pdf}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{cquthesis}
+% 李振楠.
+% \newblock \textit{\textsc{CquThesis}:重庆大学毕业论文 \LaTeX{} 模板} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock version 1.50,
+% \newblock (2020-06-23)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://ctan.org/pkg/cquthesis}
+% \urlprefix\CTANurl[文档及源代码:]{macros/latex/contrib/cquthesis/cquthesis.pdf}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{pkuthss}
+% Casper Ti. Vector.
+% \newblock \textit{北京大学学位论文模版:pkuthss} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock version 1.9.2,
+% \newblock (2022-05-05)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://ctan.org/pkg/pkuthss}
+% \urlprefix\CTANurl[文档及源代码:]{macros/latex/contrib/pkuthss/pkuthss.pdf}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{thuthesis}
+% 清华大学 TUNA 协会.
+% \newblock \textit{\textsc{ThuThesis}:清华大学学位论文模板} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock version 7.3.0,
+% \newblock (2022-05-17)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://ctan.org/pkg/thuthesis}
+% \urlprefix\CTANurl[文档及源代码:]{macros/latex/contrib/thuthesis/thuthesis.pdf}
+%
+% \emph{以下模版未收录至 CTAN,但仍然保持活跃更新。}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{sjtuthesis}
+% \textsc{SJTUG}.
+% \newblock \textit{上海交通大学学位论文模板} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock version 1.1.1,
+% \newblock (2022-08-04)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://github.com/sjtug/SJTUThesis}
+% \urlprefix\url[源代码仓库:]{https://github.com/sjtug/SJTUTeX}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{ustcthesis}
+% \textsc{USTC \TeX{} User Group}.
+% \newblock \textit{中国科学技术大学学位论文 \LaTeX{} 模板} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock version 3.3.3,
+% \newblock (2022-05-17)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://github.com/ustctug/ustcthesis}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{ucasthesis}
+% \textsc{mohuangrui}.
+% \newblock \textit{\pkg{ucasthesis} 国科大学位论文 \LaTeX{} 模板} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock (2021-10-29)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://github.com/mohuangrui/ucasthesis}
+%
+% \emph{以下模版现已停止更新。}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{pandoxie2014fduthesislatex}
+% \textsc{Pandoxie}.
+% \newblock \textit{Fudan University-Latex Template} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock (2014-06-07)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://github.com/Pandoxie/FDU-Thesis-Latex}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{richard2016fudanthesis}
+% \textsc{richard}.
+% \newblock \textit{复旦大学硕士学位论文模板} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock (2016-01-31)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://github.com/richarddzh/fudan-thesis}
+%
+% \bibitem{数院本科毕业论文写作模板}
+% 复旦大学数学科学学院.
+% \newblock \textit{2019 春季本科毕业论文写作模板} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock (2019-03-12)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://math.fudan.edu.cn/f3/e1/c30360a324577/page.htm}
+%
+% \subsection{其他}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{wright2009dtxfile}
+% \textsc{Wright J}.
+% \newblock \textit{A model dtx file} [EB/OL].
+% \newblock (2009-10-06)
+% \urlprefix\url{https://www.texdev.net/2009/10/06/a-model-dtx-file/}
+%
+% \bibitem[()]{孔雀计划}
+% 刘庆(\textsc{Eric Q L}).
+% \newblock \textit{孔雀计划:中文字体排印的思路} [EB/OL].
+% \urlprefix\url{https://thetype.com/kongque/}
+%
+% \end{thebibliography}
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+%^^A! \end{document}
+%
+% \end{documentation}
+%
+% \begin{implementation}
+%
+%^^A 代码部分的页边距
+% \newgeometry{
+% left = 2.25 in,
+% right = 1.00 in,
+% top = 1.25 in,
+% bottom = 1.00 in,
+% marginpar = 2.25 in
+% }
+%
+% \section{实现细节}
+%
+% 本模板使用 \LaTeX3 语法编写,依赖 \pkg{expl3} 环境,
+% 并需调用 \pkg{l3packages} 中的相关宏包。
+%
+% 按照 \LaTeX3 语法,代码中的空格、换行、回车与制表符完全忽略,
+% 而下划线“|_|”和冒号“|:|”则可作为一般字母使用。
+% 正常的空格可以使用“|~|”代替;至于 |~| 原来所表示的“带子”,
+% 则要用 \LaTeXe{} 的原始命令 \tn{nobreakspace} 代替。
+%
+% 以下代码中有一些形如 \textcolor[HTML]{2E3191}{\textsf{<*class>}}
+% 的标记,这是 \pkg{DocStrip} 中的“guard”,用来选择性地提取文件。
+% “\textsf{*}”和“\textsf{/}”分别表示该部分的开始和结束。不含
+% “\textsf{*}”和“\textsf{/}”的 guard 出现在行号左侧,它们用来确定
+% 单独一行代码的归属。这些 guard 的颜色深浅不一,用以明确嵌套关系。
+%
+% 另有若干形如 \textcolor{MaterialPink}{\textsf{<@@=fdu>}} 的 guard,
+% 它们用来指示名字空间(模块)。
+%
+% \subsection{准备}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<@@=fdu>
+%<*class|class-en>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/09/15}{同步 \LaTeX{} 2020/10/01,不再显式调用
+% \pkg{expl3} 和 \pkg{xparse} 宏包。}
+% \changes{v0.8}{2022/02/17}{在使用前声明提示信息。}
+%
+% 检查 \LaTeX3 编程环境。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage { xtemplate, l3keys2e }
+\msg_new:nnn { fduthesis } { l3-too-old }
+ {
+ Package~ "#1"~ is~ too~ old. \\\\
+ Please~ update~ an~ up-to-date~ version~ of~ the~ bundles \\
+ "l3kernel"~ and~ "l3packages"~ using~ your~ TeX~ package \\
+ manager~ or~ from~ CTAN.
+ }
+\clist_map_inline:nn { xtemplate, l3keys2e }
+ {
+ \@ifpackagelater {#1} { 2020/07/17 }
+ { } { \msg_error:nnn { fduthesis } { l3-too-old } {#1} }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% 目前 \cls{fduthesis} 仅支持 \XeTeX{} 和 \LuaTeX{}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\msg_new:nnn { fduthesis } { unsupported-engine }
+ {
+ The~ fduthesis~ class~ requires~ either~ XeTeX~ or~ LuaTeX. \\\\
+ "#1"~ is~ not~ supported~ at~ present.~ You~ must~ change \\
+ your~ typesetting~ engine~ to~ "xelatex"~ or~ "lualatex".
+ }
+\sys_if_engine_xetex:F
+ {
+ \sys_if_engine_luatex:F
+ {
+ \msg_fatal:nnx { fduthesis } { unsupported-engine }
+ { \c_sys_engine_str }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{内部变量声明}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_tmpa_box,
+% \l_@@_tmpa_clist,
+% \l_@@_tmpa_dim,
+% \l_@@_tmpa_skip,
+% \l_@@_tmpa_tl,\l_@@_tmpb_tl}
+% 临时变量。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\box_new:N \l_@@_tmpa_box
+\clist_new:N \l_@@_tmpa_clist
+\dim_new:N \l_@@_tmpa_dim
+\skip_new:N \l_@@_tmpa_skip
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_tmpb_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\g_@@_thesis_type_int}
+% 论文类型。取值 1、2、3 分别对应博士、硕士、本科(学士),这与学号
+% 第三位是一致的。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\int_new:N \g_@@_thesis_type_int
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\g_@@_to_ctexbook_clist,\g_@@_to_hyperref_clist}
+% 分别保存由 \cls{fduthesis} 传入 \cls{ctexbook} 文档类和
+% \pkg{hyperref} 宏包的选项列表。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_new:N \g_@@_to_ctexbook_clist
+\clist_new:N \g_@@_to_hyperref_clist
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\g_@@_twoside_bool}
+% 是否开启双页模式(默认打开)。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\bool_new:N \g_@@_twoside_bool
+\bool_set_true:N \g_@@_twoside_bool
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\g_@@_draft_bool}
+% 是否开启草稿模式。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\bool_new:N \g_@@_draft_bool
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\g_@@_config_tl}
+% 保存配置文件名称。默认为空。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_config_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \subsubsection{内部函数}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\file_input:V,\int_to_arabic:v,\keys_define:nx,\regex_replace_all:nnc}
+% \begin{macro}[TF]{\tl_if_eq:Vn}
+% \LaTeX3{} 函数变体。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \file_input:n { V }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_to_arabic:n { v }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \keys_define:nn { nx }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \regex_replace_all:nnN { nnc }
+\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \tl_if_eq:nn { Vn } { T, TF }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_quad:,\@@_qquad:}
+% 等价于 \LaTeXe{} 中的 \tn{quad} 和 \tn{qquad}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_quad: { \skip_horizontal:n { 1 em } }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_qquad: { \skip_horizontal:n { 2 em } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_vspace:N,\@@_vspace:n,\@@_vspace:c}
+% 类似 \LaTeXe{} 中的 \tn{vspace*}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_vspace:N #1
+ {
+ \dim_set_eq:NN \l_@@_tmpa_dim \prevdepth
+ \hrule height \c_zero_dim
+ \nobreak
+ \skip_vertical:N #1
+ \skip_vertical:N \c_zero_skip
+ \dim_set_eq:NN \prevdepth \l_@@_tmpa_dim
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_vspace:n #1
+ {
+ \skip_set:Nn \l_@@_tmpa_skip {#1}
+ \@@_vspace:N \l_@@_tmpa_skip
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_vspace:N { c }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_symbol:n}
+% 等价于 \LaTeXe{} 中的 \tn{symbol}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_symbol:n #1 { \tex_char:D #1 \scan_stop: }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_arabic:n}
+% 等价于 \LaTeXe{} 中的 \tn{arabic}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_arabic:n #1
+ { \int_to_arabic:v { c@ #1 } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/09/15}{统一使用 \LaTeX{} 2020/10/01 新的钩子机制。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_gadd_ltxhook:nn}
+% 封装 \LaTeX{} 的钩子管理机制。本模板中的字体加载命令位于
+% \texttt{begindocument/\allowbreak before} 钩子中,需确保在 \pkg{xeCJK} 之前执行。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_gadd_ltxhook:nn #1#2
+ { \hook_gput_code:nnn {#1} { . } {#2} }
+\hook_gset_rule:nnnn { begindocument/before } { . } { < } { xeCJK }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_patch_cmd:Nnn,\@@_appto_cmd:Nn}
+% 补丁工具,来自 \pkg{ctexpatch} 宏包。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_patch_cmd:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \ctex_patch_cmd_once:NnnnTF #1 { } {#2} {#3}
+ { } { \ctex_patch_failure:N #1 }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_appto_cmd:Nn #1#2
+ {
+ \ctex_appto_cmd:NnnTF #1 { } {#2}
+ { } { \ctex_patch_failure:N #1 }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_define_fn_style:nn,
+% \@@_define_punct:nn,
+% \@@_define_name:nn,
+% \@@_define_name:nnn}
+% 用来定义脚注样式、标点、默认名称的辅助函数。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_define_fn_style:nn #1#2
+ { \tl_const:cn { c_@@_fn_style_ #1 _tl } {#2} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_define_punct:nn #1#2
+ { \tl_const:cn { c_@@_ #1 _tl } {#2} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_define_name:nn #1#2
+ { \tl_const:cn { c_@@_name_ #1 _tl } {#2} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_define_name:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \tl_const:cn { c_@@_name_ #1 _tl } {#2}
+ \tl_const:cn { c_@@_name_ #1 _en_tl } {#3}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_msg_new:nn,
+% \@@_error:n,\@@_error:nn,\@@_error:nx,\@@_error:nnn,\@@_error:nnnn,
+% \@@_warning:n,\@@_warning:nn,\@@_warning:nxx,
+% \@@_info:nx}
+% 各种信息函数的缩略形式。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_msg_new:nn { \msg_new:nnn { fduthesis } }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_error:n { \msg_error:nn { fduthesis } }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_error:nn { \msg_error:nnn { fduthesis } }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_error:nx { \msg_error:nnx { fduthesis } }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_error:nnn { \msg_error:nnnn { fduthesis } }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_error:nnnn { \msg_error:nnnnn { fduthesis } }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_warning:n { \msg_warning:nn { fduthesis } }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_warning:nn { \msg_warning:nnn { fduthesis } }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_warning:nxx { \msg_warning:nnxx { fduthesis } }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_info:nx { \msg_info:nnx { fduthesis } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{选项处理}
+%
+% 定义 |fdu/option| 键值类。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\keys_define:nn { fdu / option }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/02/01}{新增 \opt{type} 选项。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{type}
+% 设置论文类型。设为模板选项主要是为了以后的兼容性。论文类型可能会
+% 影响很多设置,只是暂时还不考虑。默认为本科毕业论文。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ type .choice:,
+ type .value_required:n = true,
+ type .choices:nn =
+ { doctor, master, bachelor }
+ { \int_set_eq:NN \g_@@_thesis_type_int \l_keys_choice_int },
+ type .initial:n = bachelor,
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{oneside,twoside}
+% 设置页面类型为单面或双面。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ oneside .value_forbidden:n = true,
+ twoside .value_forbidden:n = true,
+ oneside .code:n =
+ {
+ \clist_gput_right:Nn \g_@@_to_ctexbook_clist { oneside }
+ \bool_set_false:N \g_@@_twoside_bool
+ },
+ twoside .code:n =
+ {
+ \clist_gput_right:Nn \g_@@_to_ctexbook_clist { twoside }
+ \bool_set_true:N \g_@@_twoside_bool
+ },
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v0.5}{2017/09/23}{移除 \opt{nofonts} 选项。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{draft}
+% 是否开启草稿模式(默认关闭)。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ draft .choice:,
+ draft / true .code:n =
+ {
+ \bool_set_true:N \g_@@_draft_bool
+ \clist_gput_right:Nn \g_@@_to_ctexbook_clist { draft }
+ },
+ draft / false .code:n =
+ { \bool_set_false:N \g_@@_draft_bool },
+ draft .default:n = true,
+ draft .initial:n = false,
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/01/31}{新增 \opt{config} 选项。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{config}
+% 配置文件名。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ config .tl_set:N = \g_@@_config_tl,
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% 处理未知选项。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ unknown .code:n = { \@@_error:n { unknown-option } }
+ }
+\@@_msg_new:nn { unknown-option }
+ { Class~ option~ "\l_keys_key_str"~ is~ unknown. }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% 将文档类选项传给 |fdu/option|。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProcessKeysOptions { fdu / option }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% 载入参数配置文件。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\file_input:n { fduthesis.def }
+\@@_msg_new:nn { load-config-file }
+ { You~ are~ loading~ config~ file~ "#1". }
+\tl_if_empty:NF \g_@@_config_tl
+ {
+ \@@_info:nx { load-config-file } { \g_@@_config_tl }
+ \file_input:V \g_@@_config_tl
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{载入宏包、文档类}
+%
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/01/19}{使用 \cls{ctexbook} 文档类,而非直接使用
+% 标准文档类 \cls{book}。}
+%
+% 将选项传入 \cls{ctexbook} 文档类。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% TODO: (2017-07-22) Chinese fonts in fduthesis-en
+\PassOptionsToClass
+ {
+ UTF8,
+%<class-en> scheme = plain,
+ heading = true,
+%<class> fontset = none,
+%<class-en> fontset = fandol,
+ zihao = -4,
+%<class> linespread = \c_@@_line_spread_fp,
+ \g_@@_to_ctexbook_clist
+ }
+ { ctexbook }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% 传入各宏包选项。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_map_inline:nn
+ {
+ { no-math } { fontspec },
+ { perpage } { footmisc },
+ { amsmath, thmmarks } { ntheorem }
+ }
+ { \PassOptionsToPackage #1 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% 载入 \cls{ctexbook} 文档类。
+% 在使用 \XeLaTeX{} 编译时,\cls{ctexbook} 的底层将调用 \pkg{xeCJK}
+% 宏包;而在使用 \LuaLaTeX{} 编译时,则将调用 \pkg{LuaTeX-ja} 宏包。
+% 两种情况下 \cls{ctexbook} 均会调用 \pkg{fontspec} 宏包。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\LoadClass { ctexbook }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v0.4}{2017/08/13}{提供彩色支持。}
+%
+% 载入各宏包。其中,\pkg{amsmath} 必须在 \pkg{unicode-math} 之前引入。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage
+ {
+ amsmath,
+ unicode-math,
+ geometry,
+ fancyhdr,
+ footmisc,
+ ntheorem,
+ graphicx,
+ longtable,
+ caption,
+ xcolor
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/09/16}{只检查 \cls{ctexbook} 和 \pkg{xeCJK} 的版本。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_check_package:nnn,\@@_check_class:nnn}
+% 检查过时宏包和文档类。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_check_package:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \@ifpackagelater {#1} {#2}
+ { } { \@@_error:nnnn { package-too-old } { Package } {#1} {#3} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_check_class:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \@ifclasslater {#1} {#2}
+ { } { \@@_error:nnnn { package-too-old } { Class } {#1} {#3} }
+ }
+\@@_msg_new:nn { package-too-old }
+ {
+ #1~ "#2"~ is~ too~ old. \\
+ The~ fduthesis~ class~ only~ supports~ "#2" \\
+ with~ a~ version~ higher~ than~ v#3. \\\\
+ Please~ update~ an~ up-to-date~ version~ of~ it \\
+ using~ your~ TeX~ package~ manager~ or~ from~ CTAN.
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@@_check_class:nnn { ctexbook } { 2021/03/14 } { 2.5.6 }
+\sys_if_engine_xetex:T
+ { \@@_check_package:nnn { xeCJK } { 2020/05/01 } { 3.8.3 } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{页面布局}
+%
+% 利用 \pkg{geometry} 宏包设置纸张大小、页面边距以及页眉高度。这里,
+% $\qty{2.54}{\centi\meter}=\qty{1}{in}$,
+% $\qty{3.18}{\centi\meter}=\qty{1.25}{in}$。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\geometry
+ {
+ paper = a4paper,
+ vmargin = 2.54 cm,
+ hmargin = 3.18 cm,
+ headheight = 15 pt
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% 草稿模式下显示页面边框及页眉、页脚线。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\bool_if:NT \g_@@_draft_bool { \geometry { showframe } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{字体}
+%
+% \subsubsection{预定义字体配置}
+%
+% \changes{v0.7c}{2019/03/05}{重构字体配置,并兼容 macOS。}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\g_@@_fontset_tl, \g_@@_cjk_fontset_tl}
+% 存放字体选项值。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_fontset_tl
+%<class>\tl_new:N \g_@@_cjk_fontset_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{style/font}
+% \changes{v0.7c}{2019/03/05}{新增 \opt{garamond} 和 \opt{times*} 样式。}
+% 预定义西文字体。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\keys_define:nn { fdu / style }
+ {
+ font .choices:nn =
+ { garamond, libertinus, lm, palatino, times, times*, none }
+ { \tl_set_eq:NN \g_@@_fontset_tl \l_keys_choice_tl }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{style/cjk-font}
+% \changes{v0.7c}{2019/03/05}{新增 \opt{sinotype} 和 \opt{sourcehan} 样式。}
+% 预定义中文字体。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*class>
+\keys_define:nn { fdu / style }
+ {
+ cjk-font .choices:nn =
+ { adobe, fandol, founder, mac, sinotype, sourcehan, windows, none }
+ { \tl_set_eq:NN \g_@@_cjk_fontset_tl \l_keys_choice_tl }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%</class>
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{
+% \@@_setmainfont:nn,
+% \@@_setsansfont:nn,
+% \@@_setmonofont:nn,
+% \@@_setmathfont:nn}
+% 用于设置西文字体的辅助函数,来源于 \pkg{fontspec} 和 \pkg{unicode-math}。
+% \begin{arguments}
+% \item 字体名
+% \item 选项
+% \end{arguments}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_setmainfont:nn #1#2
+ { \__fontspec_main_setmainfont:nn {#2} {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_setsansfont:nn #1#2
+ { \__fontspec_main_setsansfont:nn {#2} {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_setmonofont:nn #1#2
+ { \__fontspec_main_setmonofont:nn {#2} {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_setmathfont:nn #1#2
+ { \__um_setmathfont:nn {#2} {#1} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{
+% \@@_setCJKmainfont:nn,
+% \@@_setCJKsansfont:nn,
+% \@@_setCJKmonofont:nn}
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/09/15}{展开字体族名称。}
+% 用于设置中文字体的辅助函数,来源于 \pkg{xeCJK} 和 \pkg{ctex} 宏包。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*class>
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_setCJKmainfont:nn #1#2
+ { \@@_set_family:xnn { \CJKrmdefault } {#2} {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_setCJKsansfont:nn #1#2
+ { \@@_set_family:xnn { \CJKsfdefault } {#2} {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_setCJKmonofont:nn #1#2
+ { \@@_set_family:xnn { \CJKttdefault } {#2} {#1} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_set_cjk_font_kai:nn,\fdu@kai}
+% 楷体需要单独设置。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_set_cjk_font_kai:nn #1#2
+ { \@@_set_family:nnn { fdu@kai } {#2} {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \fdu@kai
+ { \@@_switch_family:n { fdu@kai } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v0.7d}{2019/03/29}{在字体未提供对应粗体的情况下,允许使用伪粗。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{
+% \@@_cjk_font_options:,
+% \@@_setCJKmainfont:n,
+% \@@_setCJKsansfont:n,
+% \@@_setCJKmonofont:n,
+% \@@_set_cjk_font_kai:n}
+% 将 bold、italic 和 bold italic 统一按照 roman 设置。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_const:Nn \@@_cjk_font_options:
+ { UprightFont = *, ItalicFont = *, AutoFakeBold = true }
+\cs_new_protected:Npx \@@_setCJKmainfont:n #1
+ { \@@_setCJKmainfont:nn {#1} { \@@_cjk_font_options: } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npx \@@_setCJKsansfont:n #1
+ { \@@_setCJKsansfont:nn {#1} { \@@_cjk_font_options: } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npx \@@_setCJKmonofont:n #1
+ { \@@_setCJKmonofont:nn {#1} { \@@_cjk_font_options: } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npx \@@_set_cjk_font_kai:n #1
+ { \@@_set_cjk_font_kai:nn {#1} { \@@_cjk_font_options: } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_set_family:nnn,\@@_set_family:xnn,\@@_switch_family:n}
+% 封装 CJK 字体族的设定和切换命令。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\sys_if_engine_xetex:TF
+ {
+ \cs_new_eq:NN \@@_set_family:nnn \xeCJK_set_family:nnn
+ \cs_new_eq:NN \@@_switch_family:n \xeCJK_switch_family:n
+ }
+ {
+ \cs_new_eq:NN \@@_set_family:nnn \ctex_ltj_set_family:nnn
+ \cs_new_eq:NN \@@_switch_family:n \ctex_ltj_switch_family:n
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_set_family:nnn { x }
+%</class>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{
+% \setmainfont,
+% \setsansfont,
+% \setmonofont,
+% \setmathfont,
+% \setCJKmainfont,
+% \setCJKsansfont,
+% \setCJKmonofont}
+% 重新定义以上宏包提供的字体选择命令。我们把它放在导言区末尾,使得用户配置不被
+% 模板配置覆盖。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_set_font_helper:n #1
+ {
+ \exp_args:Nc \RenewDocumentCommand { set #1 font } { O { } m O { } }
+ {
+ \ctex_at_end_preamble:n
+ { \use:c { @@_set #1 font:nn } {##2} { ##1, ##3 } }
+ }
+ }
+\clist_map_inline:nn { main, sans, mono, math }
+ { \@@_set_font_helper:n {#1} }
+%<class>\clist_map_inline:nn { CJKmain, CJKsans, CJKmono }
+%<class> { \@@_set_font_helper:n {#1} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v0.7e}{2019/04/10}{兼容 Libertinus 和 XITS 字体的文件名变动。}
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/09/15}{判断 Libertinus Sans Bold Oblique 字体是否存在。}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/18}{不再检查 Libertinus 和 XITS 字体的文件名。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_font_garamond:}
+% EB Garamond 系列。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_load_font_garamond:
+ {
+ \@@_setmainfont:nn { EBGaramond }
+ {
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-Italic,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-BoldItalic
+ }
+ \@@_setsansfont:nn { LibertinusSans }
+ {
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-Italic,
+ }
+ \@@_setmonofont:nn { lmmonolt10 }
+ {
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-regular,
+ BoldFont = *-bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-oblique,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-boldoblique
+ }
+ \@@_setmathfont:nn { Garamond-Math.otf } { }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_font_libertinus:}
+% Libertinus 系列。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_load_font_libertinus:
+ {
+ \@@_setmainfont:nn { LibertinusSerif }
+ {
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-Italic,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-BoldItalic,
+ }
+ \@@_setsansfont:nn { LibertinusSans }
+ {
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-Italic,
+ }
+ \@@_setmonofont:nn { lmmonolt10 }
+ {
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-regular,
+ BoldFont = *-bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-oblique,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-boldoblique
+ }
+ \@@_setmathfont:nn { LibertinusMath-Regular.otf } { }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_font_lm:}
+% Latin Modern 系列。在 \XeLaTeX{} 和 \LuaLaTeX{} 中已作为默认字体,所以仅需
+% 额外处理数学部分。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_load_font_lm:
+ { \@@_setmathfont:nn { latinmodern-math.otf } { } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_font_palatino:}
+% Palatino 系列。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_load_font_palatino:
+ {
+ \@@_setmainfont:nn { texgyrepagella }
+ {
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-regular,
+ BoldFont = *-bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-italic,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-bolditalic
+ }
+ \@@_setsansfont:nn { LibertinusSans }
+ {
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-Italic,
+ Scale = MatchUppercase,
+ }
+ \@@_setmonofont:nn { lmmonolt10 }
+ {
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-regular,
+ BoldFont = *-bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-oblique,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-boldoblique
+ }
+ \@@_setmathfont:nn { texgyrepagella-math.otf } { }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_font_times:}
+% Times 系列。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_load_font_times:
+ {
+ \@@_setmainfont:nn { XITS }
+ {
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-Italic,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-BoldItalic,
+ }
+ \@@_setsansfont:nn { texgyreheros }
+ {
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-regular,
+ BoldFont = *-bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-italic,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-bolditalic
+ }
+ \@@_setmonofont:nn { texgyrecursor }
+ {
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-regular,
+ BoldFont = *-bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-italic,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-bolditalic,
+ Ligatures = CommonOff
+ }
+ \@@_setmathfont:nn { XITSMath-Regular.otf }
+ { BoldFont = XITSMath-Bold.otf }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_font_times*:}
+% Times* 系列,除数学部分外采用系统字体。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { @@_load_font_ times* : }
+ {
+ \@@_setmainfont:nn { Times~ New~ Roman } { }
+ \@@_setsansfont:nn { Arial } { }
+ \@@_setmonofont:nn { Courier~ New } { }
+ \@@_setmathfont:nn { XITSMath-Regular.otf }
+ { BoldFont = XITSMath-Bold.otf }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_cjk_font_adobe:}
+% Adobe 字库。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_load_cjk_font_adobe:
+ {
+ \@@_setCJKmainfont:n { AdobeSongStd-Light }
+ \@@_setCJKsansfont:n { AdobeHeitiStd-Regular }
+ \@@_setCJKmonofont:n { AdobeFangsongStd-Regular }
+ \@@_set_cjk_font_kai:n { AdobeKaitiStd-Regular }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_cjk_font_fandol:}
+% Fandol 字库。注意它是安装在 TeX 发行版中的,所以使用文件名调用。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_load_cjk_font_fandol:
+ {
+ \@@_setCJKmainfont:nn { FandolSong }
+ {
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-Bold
+ }
+ \@@_setCJKsansfont:nn { FandolHei }
+ {
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-Bold
+ }
+ \@@_setCJKmonofont:nn { FandolFang }
+ {
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Regular,
+ ItalicFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-Regular
+ }
+ \@@_set_cjk_font_kai:nn { FandolKai }
+ {
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Regular,
+ ItalicFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-Regular
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_cjk_font_founder:}
+% 方正字库。虽然有粗体(方正小标宋)等,但并非免费,故这里不做处理。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_load_cjk_font_founder:
+ {
+ \@@_setCJKmainfont:n { FZShuSong-Z01 }
+ \@@_setCJKsansfont:n { FZHei-B01 }
+ \@@_setCJKmonofont:n { FZFangSong-Z02 }
+ \@@_set_cjk_font_kai:n { FZKai-Z03 }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_cjk_font_mac:}
+% macOS 自带中文字体。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_load_cjk_font_mac:
+ {
+ \@@_setCJKmainfont:nn { STSongti-SC }
+ {
+ UprightFont = *-Light,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-Light,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-Bold
+ }
+ \@@_setCJKsansfont:nn { STHeitiSC }
+ {
+ UprightFont = *-Medium,
+ BoldFont = *-Medium,
+ ItalicFont = *-Medium,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-Medium
+ }
+ \@@_setCJKmonofont:n { STFangsong }
+ \@@_set_cjk_font_kai:nn { STKaitiSC }
+ {
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-Bold
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_cjk_font_sinotype:}
+% 华文字库。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_load_cjk_font_sinotype:
+ {
+ \@@_setCJKmainfont:n { STSong }
+ \@@_setCJKsansfont:n { STHeiti }
+ \@@_setCJKmonofont:n { STFangsong }
+ \@@_set_cjk_font_kai:n { STKaiti }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_cjk_font_sourcehan:}
+% 思源宋体、思源黑体。由于没有对应的楷体和仿宋,这里直接给出警告。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_load_cjk_font_sourcehan:
+ {
+ \@@_setCJKmainfont:nn { SourceHanSerifSC }
+ {
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-Bold
+ }
+ \@@_setCJKsansfont:nn { SourceHanSansSC }
+ {
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-Bold
+ }
+ \@@_warning:n { source-han }
+ }
+\@@_msg_new:nn { source-han }
+ { Font~ set~ "sourcehan"~ does~ not~ contain~ kaiti~ and~ fangsong. }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_cjk_font_windows:}
+% Windows 自带中文字体。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_load_cjk_font_windows:
+ {
+ \@@_setCJKmainfont:n { SimSun }
+ \@@_setCJKsansfont:n { SimHei }
+ \@@_setCJKmonofont:n { FangSong }
+ \@@_set_cjk_font_kai:n { KaiTi }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_font:}
+% 字体加载命令。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_load_font:
+ {
+ \use:c { @@_load_font_ \g_@@_fontset_tl : }
+%<class> \use:c { @@_load_cjk_font_ \g_@@_cjk_fontset_tl : }
+ }
+\ctex_at_end_preamble:n { \@@_load_font: }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%^^A 以下相关代码已在 v0.7c 中移除。
+% \changes{v0.5}{2017/09/09}{重新实现字体调用。核心内容是分离字体的声明与设定,
+% 并按照宋、黑、仿、楷划分中文字体。}
+% \changes{v0.6}{2017/11/11}{额外处理 XITS 字体的小型大写字母。}
+% \changes{v0.5}{2017/09/23}{新增 \kvopt{font}{none} 选项。}
+% \changes{v0.5}{2017/09/23}{新增 \kvopt{cjk-font}{none} 选项。}
+% \changes{v0.5}{2017/09/23}{同步 \pkg{fontspec} v2.6e。}
+% \changes{v0.6}{2017/10/11}{同步 \pkg{unicode-math} v0.8h。}
+%
+% \subsubsection{数学字体设置}
+%
+% 根据 GB 3102.11--93 以及 ISO 80000-2:2009 的规定,数学表达式中
+% 表示变量的拉丁字母和希腊字母均应当使用斜体。
+% 这里的 |\keys_set:nn{unicode-math}| 实际相当于 \cs{unimathsetup}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% TODO: (2018-01-19) Do we need `mathrm=sym`?
+\keys_set:nn { unicode-math }
+ {
+ math-style = ISO,
+ bold-style = ISO,
+% mathrm = sym
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{字号}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{style/font-size}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/08}{通过引入 \file{ctex-c5size.clo} 来修改字号。}
+% |font-size| 不是文档类选项,不能传给 \cls{ctexbook} 文档类,因此
+% 需要手动引入 |.clo| 文件。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\keys_define:nn { fdu / style }
+ {
+ font-size .choice:,
+ font-size .value_required:n = true,
+ font-size / -4 .code:n = { },
+ font-size / 5 .code:n = { \ctex_file_input:n { ctex-c5size.clo } },
+%<class-en> }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{其他设置}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{style/fullwidth-stop}
+% \changes{v0.6}{2017/10/14}{支持类别码和 TECKit 映射两种机制。}
+% 设置句号形状(圆圈或是圆点)。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*class>
+ fullwidth-stop .choice:,
+ fullwidth-stop .value_required:n = true,
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 利用类别码机制切换,只有显式的\FSID 会被替换。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ fullwidth-stop / catcode .code:n =
+ { \@@_set_fullwidth_stop_catcode: },
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 利用 TECKit 映射机制切换,相当于设置了 \tn{defaultCJKfontfeatures}
+% |{|\kvopt{Map\-ping}{fullwidth-stop}|}|。这种手段会替换所有出现的\FSID,
+% 并且将影响所有字体。只在 \XeTeX{} 下可用。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ fullwidth-stop / mapping .code:n =
+ {
+ \sys_if_engine_xetex:TF
+ {
+ \clist_gset:Nn \g__xeCJK_default_features_clist
+ { Mapping = fullwidth-stop }
+ }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \LuaTeX{} 下改用类别码机制代替,并给出警告。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \sys_if_engine_luatex:T
+ {
+ \@@_warning:n { mapping-not-available }
+ \@@_set_fullwidth_stop_catcode:
+ }
+ }
+ },
+ fullwidth-stop / false .code:n = { }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 提示信息。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@@_msg_new:nn { mapping-not-available }
+ {
+ Option~ "fullwidth-stop = mapping"~ is~ not~ available~ in~ LuaTeX. \\
+ "fullwidth-stop = catcode"~ will~ be~ set~ instead.
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_set_fullwidth_stop_catcode:}
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/09/16}{将类别码设置应用于预定义的文本中,并优化实现。}
+% 将\FSID 设置为活动符,并定义为句点\FSFW。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_set_fullwidth_stop_catcode:
+ {
+ \char_set_active_eq:NN ^^^^3002 \c_@@_fwid_full_stop_tl
+ \char_set_catcode_active:N ^^^^3002
+ \clist_map_inline:nn
+ { \c_@@_orig_decl_text_tl, \c_@@_auth_decl_text_tl }
+ { \tl_set_rescan:Nno ##1 { } {##1} }
+ }
+%</class>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/09/15}{允许 \tn{emph} 对中文生效。}
+%
+% 声明 \tn{emph} 样式序列,使得中文强调以楷体显示。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*class>
+\DeclareEmphSequence
+ {
+ \itshape \fdu@kai,
+ \upshape \CJKfamily { \CJKfamilydefault },
+ }
+%</class>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v0.6}{2017/10/28}{优化 \LuaTeX{} 下希腊字母、西里尔字母和带圈数字的
+% 显示(\pkg{ctex} v2.4.11 已默认进行处理)。}
+%
+% \subsection{页眉页脚}
+%
+% 清除默认页眉页脚格式。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fancyhf { }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_fancy_head:nn}
+% 页眉样式。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_fancy_head:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \fancyhead [#1]
+%<class> { \small \fdu@kai \nouppercase {#2} }
+%<class-en> { \small \itshape \nouppercase {#2} }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% 构建页眉,要在单面或双面下分别设置。
+%
+% \cs{fancyhead} 的选项中,\opt{E} 和 \opt{O} 分别表示偶数(even)和奇数(odd), 而 \opt{L}、
+% \opt{R} 和 \opt{C} 则分别表示左(left)、右(right)和中间(center)。按照通常的排版规则,
+% 双面模式下,偶数页的中间页眉文字在左,奇数页则在右;单面模式下,左右页眉都会显示。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\bool_if:NTF \g_@@_twoside_bool
+ {
+ \@@_fancy_head:nn { EL } { \leftmark }
+ \@@_fancy_head:nn { OR } { \rightmark }
+ }
+ {
+ \@@_fancy_head:nn { L } { \leftmark }
+ \@@_fancy_head:nn { R } { \rightmark }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% 构建页脚,用来显示页码。选项 \opt{C} 表示居中(center)。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fancyfoot [ C ] { \small \thepage }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% 关闭横线显示(未启用)。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \RenewDocumentCommand \headrulewidth { } { 0 pt }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\cleardoublepage}
+% 重定义 \tn{cleardoublepage},使得偶数页面在没有内容时也不显示页眉页脚,见
+% \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/1683}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RenewDocumentCommand \cleardoublepage { }
+ {
+ \clearpage
+ \bool_if:NT \g_@@_twoside_bool
+ {
+ \int_if_odd:nF \c@page
+ { \hbox:n { } \thispagestyle { empty } \newpage }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pkg{ctex} 宏包使用 \opt{heading} 选项后,会把页面格式设置为 |headings|。
+% 因此必须在 \pkg{ctex} 调用之后重新设置 \cs{pagestyle} 为 |fancy|。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\pagestyle { fancy }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{章节标题结构}
+%
+% |\keys_set:nn{ctex}| 实际相当于 \cs{ctexset}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\keys_set:nn { ctex }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 设置章(chapter)、节(section)与小节(sub-section)标题样式。
+% 此处使用 \kvopt{fixskip}{true} 选项来抑制前后的多余间距。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ chapter =
+ {
+%<class> format = \huge \normalfont \sffamily \centering,
+%<*class-en>
+ format = \centering,
+ nameformat = \LARGE \bfseries,
+ titleformat = \huge \bfseries,
+ aftername = \par \nobreak \vskip 10 pt,
+%</class-en>
+ beforeskip = 50 pt,
+ afterskip = 40 pt,
+ number = \@@_arabic:n { chapter },
+ fixskip = true
+ },
+ section =
+ {
+%<class> format = \Large \normalfont \sffamily \raggedright,
+%<class-en> format = \Large \bfseries \raggedright,
+ beforeskip = 3.5 ex plus 1.0 ex minus 0.2 ex,
+ afterskip = 2.7 ex plus 0.5 ex,
+ fixskip = true
+ },
+ subsection =
+ {
+%<class> format = \large \normalfont \sffamily \raggedright,
+%<class-en> format = \large \bfseries \raggedright,
+ beforeskip = 3.25 ex plus 1.0 ex minus 0.2 ex,
+ afterskip = 2.5 ex plus 0.3 ex,
+ fixskip = true
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v0.7d}{2019/03/24}{优化目录、摘要、参考文献等的标题实现。}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/05}{在目录和书签中删除章标题中的 \tn{quad}。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_sanitize_chapter_title:n}
+% 删除章标题中的 \tn{quad}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_sanitize_chapter_title:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_clear:N \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+ \tl_set:No \l_@@_tmpa_tl {#1}
+ \tl_remove_all:Nn \l_@@_tmpa_tl { \quad }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_chapter:n,\@@_chapter:V}
+% 手动生成章的标题,用于摘要、参考文献等。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_chapter:n #1
+ {
+ \@@_sanitize_chapter_title:n {#1}
+ \group_begin:
+ \ctexset { chapter / numbering = false }
+ \chapter [ \l_@@_tmpa_tl ] {#1}
+ \group_end:
+ \@@_chapter_header:n {#1}
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_chapter:n { V }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_chapter_no_toc:n,\@@_chapter_no_toc:V}
+% 目录自身不出现在目录中,需特别处理。参考
+% \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/1821}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_chapter_no_toc:n #1
+ {
+ \chapter * {#1}
+ \@@_sanitize_chapter_title:n {#1}
+ \pdfbookmark [0] { \l_@@_tmpa_tl } { toc }
+ \@@_chapter_header:n {#1}
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_chapter_no_toc:n { V }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_chapter_header:n}
+% \changes{v0.8}{2022/01/18}{简化单页模式下页眉的实现方式。}
+% 单页模式下,目录、摘要、符号表等的页眉中间为相应标题,左右为空。这里通过居中的
+% \tn{leftmark} 实现。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_chapter_header:n #1
+ {
+ \bool_if:NTF \g_@@_twoside_bool
+ { \markboth {#1} {#1} }
+ { \markboth { \hfill #1 \hfill } { } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{脚注}
+%
+% \changes{v0.3}{2017/02/21}{支持脚注。}
+%
+% \subsubsection{编号样式}
+%
+% 各种脚注编号样式的名称。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_map_inline:nn
+ {
+ { plain } { plain },
+ { libertinus } { libertinus },
+ { libertinus_neg } { libertinus* },
+ { libertinus_sans } { libertinus-sans },
+ { pifont } { pifont },
+ { pifont_neg } { pifont* },
+ { pifont_sans } { pifont-sans },
+ { pifont_sans_neg } { pifont-sans* },
+ { xits } { xits },
+ { xits_sans } { xits-sans },
+ { xits_sans_neg } { xits-sans* }
+ }
+ { \@@_define_fn_style:nn #1 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_fn_style_tl}
+% 保存当前使用的脚注编号样式。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_fn_style_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\keys_define:nn { fdu / style }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{style/footnote-style}
+% 脚注类型共分四大类:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item \opt{plain}:使用当前字体;
+% \item \opt{libertinus}:取自 Libertinus Serif 和 Libertinus Sans
+% 字体;
+% \item \opt{pifont}:使用 \pkg{pifont} 宏包;
+% \item \opt{xits}:取自 XITS 字体。
+% \end{itemize}
+% 不带任何修饰的为衬线阳文符号,带“|sans|”的为无衬线符号,带“|*|”的
+% 为阴文版本。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ footnote-style .choices:nn =
+ {
+ plain,
+ libertinus, libertinus*, libertinus-sans,
+ pifont, pifont*, pifont-sans, pifont-sans*,
+ xits, xits-sans, xits-sans*
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v0.6}{2017/11/12}{不再依赖 XITS-Math 字体。}
+% 若使用 \opt{pifont} 类型,则需引入 \pkg{pifont} 宏包。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {
+ \tl_gset_eq:NN \l_@@_fn_style_tl \l_keys_choice_tl
+ \int_compare:nT { 5 <= \l_keys_choice_int <= 8 }
+ { \RequirePackage { pifont } }
+ },
+ footnote-style .value_required:n = true
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_fn_symbol_libertinus:n}
+% \opt{libertinus} 普通版。\numrange{1}{20} 为数字,\numrange{21}{46}
+% 为小写英文字母,\numrange{47}{72} 为大写英文字母。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_fn_symbol_libertinus:n #1
+ {
+ \int_compare:nTF { #1 >= 21 }
+ {
+ \int_compare:nTF { #1 >= 47 }
+ { \@@_symbol:n { \int_eval:n { "24B6 - 47 + #1 } } }
+ { \@@_symbol:n { \int_eval:n { "24D0 - 21 + #1 } } }
+ }
+ { \@@_symbol:n { \int_eval:n { "2460 - 1 + #1 } } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_fn_symbol_libertinus_neg:n}
+% \opt{libertinus} 阴文衬线版。只含 \numrange{1}{20}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_fn_symbol_libertinus_neg:n #1
+ {
+ \int_compare:nTF { #1 >= 11 }
+ { \@@_symbol:n { \int_eval:n { "24EB - 11 + #1 } } }
+ { \@@_symbol:n { \int_eval:n { "2776 - 1 + #1 } } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_fn_symbol_pifont:n}
+% \opt{pifont} 普通版。以下四种都只包含 \numrange{1}{10}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_fn_symbol_pifont:n #1
+ { \ding { \int_eval:n { 171 + #1 } } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_fn_symbol_pifont_neg:n}
+% \opt{pifont} 阴文衬线版。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_fn_symbol_pifont_neg:n #1
+ { \ding { \int_eval:n { 181 + #1 } } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_fn_symbol_pifont_sans:n}
+% \opt{pifont} 阳文无衬线版。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_fn_symbol_pifont_sans:n #1
+ { \ding { \int_eval:n { 191 + #1 } } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_fn_symbol_pifont_sans_neg:n}
+% \opt{pifont} 阴文无衬线版。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_fn_symbol_pifont_sans_neg:n #1
+ { \ding { \int_eval:n { 201 + #1 } } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_fn_symbol_xits:n}
+% \opt{xits} 普通版。\numrange{1}{9} 为数字,\numrange{10}{35}
+% 为小写英文字母,\numrange{36}{61} 为大写英文字母。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_fn_symbol_xits:n #1
+ {
+ \int_compare:nTF { #1 >= 10 }
+ {
+ \int_compare:nTF { #1 >= 36 }
+ { \@@_symbol:n { \int_eval:n { "24B6 - 36 + #1 } } }
+ { \@@_symbol:n { \int_eval:n { "24D0 - 10 + #1 } } }
+ }
+ { \@@_symbol:n { \int_eval:n { "2460 - 1 + #1 } } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_fn_symbol_xits_sans:n}
+% \opt{xits} 阳文无衬线版。只包含 \numrange{1}{10}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_fn_symbol_xits_sans:n #1
+ { \@@_symbol:n { \int_eval:n { "2780 - 1 + #1 } } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_fn_symbol_xits_sans_neg:n}
+% \opt{xits} 阴文无衬线版。也只包含 \numrange{1}{10}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_fn_symbol_xits_sans_neg:n #1
+ { \@@_symbol:n { \int_eval:n { "278A - 1 + #1 } } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\thefootnote}
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/01/17}{改为可完全展开的命令。}
+% 重定义脚注编号。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_set:Npn \thefootnote { \fdu_footnote_number:N \c@footnote }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\fdu_footnote_number:N}
+% 脚注编号样式。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \fdu_footnote_number:N #1
+ {
+ \tl_case:NnF \l_@@_fn_style_tl
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \opt{plain} 类型直接使用计数器 |footnote| 的值。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \c_@@_fn_style_plain_tl
+ { \int_use:N #1 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \opt{libertinus} 类型需要使用 Libertinus Serif 或
+% Libertinus Sans 字体。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \c_@@_fn_style_libertinus_tl
+ {
+ \fontspec { LibertinusSerif-Regular.otf }
+ \@@_fn_symbol_libertinus:n {#1}
+ }
+ \c_@@_fn_style_libertinus_neg_tl
+ {
+ \fontspec { LibertinusSerif-Regular.otf }
+ \@@_fn_symbol_libertinus_neg:n {#1}
+ }
+ \c_@@_fn_style_libertinus_sans_tl
+ {
+ \fontspec { LibertinusSans-Regular.otf }
+ \@@_fn_symbol_libertinus:n {#1}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \opt{pifont} 类型无需进行额外的操作。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \c_@@_fn_style_pifont_tl
+ { \@@_fn_symbol_pifont:n {#1} }
+ \c_@@_fn_style_pifont_neg_tl
+ { \@@_fn_symbol_pifont_neg:n {#1} }
+ \c_@@_fn_style_pifont_sans_tl
+ { \@@_fn_symbol_pifont_sans:n {#1} }
+ \c_@@_fn_style_pifont_sans_neg_tl
+ { \@@_fn_symbol_pifont_sans_neg:n {#1} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \opt{xits} 类型需要临时切换数学字体。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \c_@@_fn_style_xits_tl
+ {
+ \fontspec { XITS-Regular.otf }
+ \@@_fn_symbol_xits:n {#1}
+ }
+ \c_@@_fn_style_xits_sans_tl
+ {
+ \fontspec { XITS-Regular.otf }
+ \@@_fn_symbol_xits_sans:n {#1}
+ }
+ \c_@@_fn_style_xits_sans_neg_tl
+ {
+ \fontspec { XITS-Regular.otf }
+ \@@_fn_symbol_xits_sans_neg:n {#1}
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 变量 \cs{l_@@_fn_style_tl} 保存的类型未知时,默认使用 \opt{plain}
+% 类型。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ { \int_use:N #1 }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{整体样式}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\@makefntext}
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/01/18}{简化实现,兼容 \pkg{fancyvrb} 宏包。
+% 不再使用悬挂缩进。}
+% 重定义内部脚注文字命令,使脚注编号不使用上标,宽度为 \qty{1.5}{em}。
+% 见 \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/19844} 和
+% \url{https://www.zhihu.com/question/53030087}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_set:Npn \@makefntext #1
+ {
+ \mode_leave_vertical:
+ \hbox_to_wd:nn { 1.5 em } { \@thefnmark \hfil }
+ #1
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{定理环境}
+%
+% \changes{v0.3}{2017/05/07}{新增定理环境。}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_@@_thm_style_plain_clist,
+% \c_@@_thm_style_break_clist}
+% 保存 \opt{plain}、\opt{break} 两种类型的定理样式名称。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_const:Nn \c_@@_thm_style_plain_clist
+ { plain, margin, change }
+\clist_const:Nn \c_@@_thm_style_break_clist
+ { break, marginbreak, changebreak }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_thm_style_tl,
+% \l_@@_thm_header_font_tl,
+% \l_@@_thm_body_font_tl,
+% \l_@@_thm_qed_tl,
+% \l_@@_thm_counter_tl}
+% 定理所需的一些字段。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_thm_style_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_thm_header_font_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_thm_body_font_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_thm_qed_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_thm_counter_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{theorem/style,
+% theorem/header-font,
+% theorem/body-font,
+% theorem/qed,
+% theorem/counter}
+% 定义 |fdu/theorem| 键值类。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\keys_define:nn { fdu / theorem }
+ {
+ style .tl_set:N = \l_@@_thm_style_tl,
+ header-font .tl_set:N = \l_@@_thm_header_font_tl,
+ body-font .tl_set:N = \l_@@_thm_body_font_tl,
+ qed .tl_set:N = \l_@@_thm_qed_tl,
+ counter .tl_set:N = \l_@@_thm_counter_tl
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_thm_ntheorem_style:n,\@@_thm_ntheorem_new:w}
+% 拷贝 \pkg{ntheorem} 命令。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@@_thm_ntheorem_style:n \theoremstyle
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@@_thm_ntheorem_new:w \newtheorem
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v0.7}{2017/12/12}{原 \cs{fdunewtheorem} 命令更名为
+% \cs{new\-the\-orem}。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newtheorem}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/08}{改用 \cs{DeclareDocumentCommand} 定义。}
+% 定义新的定理环境。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand \newtheorem { s o m m }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 默认情况下,由 \cs{newtheorem*} 创建的定理其证毕符号为 \cs{QED},
+% 而由 \cs{new\-the\-orem} 创建的则不带证毕符号。符号 \cs{QED} 由
+% \pkg{unicode-math} 宏包提供。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \IfBooleanTF {#1}
+ { \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_thm_qed_tl { \ensuremath { \QED } } }
+ { \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_thm_qed_tl { } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 设置默认样式为 \opt{plain}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% TODO: (2017-12-07) Move to interface
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_thm_style_tl { plain }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 处理可选参数。利用 |fdu/theorem| 键值对设置,并按此修改证毕符号、
+% 定理头字体和定理正文字体。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \IfValueT {#2} { \keys_set:nn { fdu / theorem } {#2} }
+ \fdu_thm_set_header_font:V \l_@@_thm_header_font_tl
+ \fdu_thm_set_body_font:V \l_@@_thm_body_font_tl
+ \fdu_thm_set_qed:V \l_@@_thm_qed_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \cs{newtheorem} 负责创建编号定理,而 \cs{newtheorem*}
+% 则负责创建无编号定理。以下分这两种情况处理。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \IfBooleanTF {#1}
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 带 |*| 的版本原则上只接受 \opt{plain} 和 \opt{break} 两种样式,
+% 其余样式将被转换成这两者其中之一。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \clist_if_in:nVF { plain, break } \l_@@_thm_style_tl
+ {
+ \clist_if_in:NVTF
+ \c_@@_thm_style_plain_clist \l_@@_thm_style_tl
+ { \@@_thm_redefine_style:n { plain } }
+ {
+ \clist_if_in:NVTF
+ \c_@@_thm_style_break_clist \l_@@_thm_style_tl
+ { \@@_thm_redefine_style:n { break } }
+ {
+ \@@_error:nx { unknown-theorem-style }
+ { \l_@@_thm_style_tl }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \pkg{ntheorem} 宏包提供的无编号定理带有 |nonumber| 前缀,
+% 这里将其加上。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_put_left:Nn \l_@@_thm_style_tl { nonumber }
+ \fdu_thm_new_no_number:Vxx \l_@@_thm_style_tl {#3} {#4}
+ }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 不带 |*| 的版本支持不含“|nonumber|”的所有定理样式。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \clist_clear:N \l_@@_tmpa_clist
+ \clist_concat:NNN \l_@@_tmpa_clist
+ \c_@@_thm_style_plain_clist \c_@@_thm_style_break_clist
+ \clist_if_in:NVF \l_@@_tmpa_clist \l_@@_thm_style_tl
+ {
+ \@@_error:nx { unknown-theorem-style }
+ { \l_@@_thm_style_tl }
+ }
+ \fdu_thm_new:VVxx \l_@@_thm_style_tl \l_@@_thm_counter_tl
+ {#3} {#4}
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_thm_redefine_style:n}
+% 重定义定理样式,并给出警告。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_thm_redefine_style:n #1
+ {
+ \@@_warning:nxx { redefine-theorem-style }
+ {#1} { \l_@@_thm_style_tl }
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_thm_style_tl {#1}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% 提示信息。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@@_msg_new:nn { redefine-theorem-style }
+ { Theorem~ style~ "#2"~ will~ be~ redefined~ as~ "#1". }
+\@@_msg_new:nn { unknown-theorem-style }
+ { Theorem~ style~ "#1"~ is~ unknown. }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\fdu_thm_new:nnnn,\fdu_thm_new:VVxx}
+% 带编号的定理环境。
+% \begin{arguments}
+% \item 样式
+% \item 计数器
+% \item 定理环境名称
+% \item 定理头文字
+% \end{arguments}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \fdu_thm_new:nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \@@_thm_ntheorem_style:n {#1}
+ \@@_thm_ntheorem_new:w {#3} {#4} [#2]
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \fdu_thm_new:nnnn { VVxx }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\fdu_thm_new_no_number:nnn,
+% \fdu_thm_new_no_number:Vxx}
+% 不带编号的定理环境。
+% \begin{arguments}
+% \item 样式
+% \item 定理环境名称
+% \item 定理头文字
+% \end{arguments}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \fdu_thm_new_no_number:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \@@_thm_ntheorem_style:n {#1}
+ \@@_thm_ntheorem_new:w {#2} {#3}
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \fdu_thm_new_no_number:nnn { Vxx }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\fdu_thm_set_qed:n,
+% \fdu_thm_set_header_font:n,
+% \fdu_thm_set_body_font:n,
+% \fdu_thm_set_qed:V,
+% \fdu_thm_set_header_font:V,
+% \fdu_thm_set_body_font:V}
+% 封装 \pkg{ntheorem} 宏包提供的若干命令,分别用以设置证毕符号、
+% 定理头字体和定理正文字体。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \fdu_thm_set_qed:n #1 { \theoremsymbol {#1} }
+\cs_new:Npn \fdu_thm_set_header_font:n #1 { \theoremheaderfont {#1} }
+\cs_new:Npn \fdu_thm_set_body_font:n #1 { \theorembodyfont {#1} }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \fdu_thm_set_qed:n { V }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \fdu_thm_set_header_font:n { V }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \fdu_thm_set_body_font:n { V }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{图表绘制;浮动体}
+%
+% \changes{v0.3}{2017/07/09}{支持浮动体。}
+%
+% 分别设置浮动体 \env{figure} 和 \env{table} 的标题样式。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\captionsetup [ figure ]
+ {
+ font = small,
+ labelsep = quad
+ }
+\captionsetup [ table ]
+ {
+ font = { small, sf },
+ labelsep = quad
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\thefigure,\thetable}
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/01/17}{改为可完全展开的命令。}
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/03/10}{直接调用 \tn{thechapter} 使得附录中的图表编号正确显示。}
+% 重定义图表编号。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_set:Npn \thefigure
+ { \thechapter - \@@_arabic:n { figure } }
+\cs_set:Npn \thetable
+ { \thechapter - \@@_arabic:n { table } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{封面}
+%
+% \subsubsection{信息录入}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_info_title_tl,
+% \l_@@_info_date_tl,
+% \l_@@_info_author_tl,
+% \l_@@_info_supervisor_tl,
+% \l_@@_info_department_tl,
+% \l_@@_info_major_tl,
+% \l_@@_info_student_id_tl,
+% \l_@@_info_school_id_tl,
+% \l_@@_info_clc_tl,
+% \l_@@_info_jel_tl,
+% \l_@@_info_instructors_clist,
+% \l_@@_info_keywords_clist}
+% 封面所需的一些字段。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_map_inline:nn
+ {
+ title, date, author, supervisor, department, major, student_id,
+ school_id, clc, jel
+ }
+ { \tl_new:c { l_@@_info_ #1 _tl } }
+\clist_new:N \l_@@_info_instructors_clist
+\clist_new:N \l_@@_info_keywords_clist
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_info_title_en_tl,
+% \l_@@_info_author_en_tl,
+% \l_@@_info_supervisor_en_tl,
+% \l_@@_info_department_en_tl,
+% \l_@@_info_major_en_tl,
+% \l_@@_info_keywords_en_clist}
+% 对应的英文字段。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_map_inline:nn
+ { title, author, supervisor, department, major }
+ { \tl_new:c { l_@@_info_ #1 _en_tl } }
+\clist_new:N \l_@@_info_keywords_en_clist
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_info_degree_type_int}
+% 学位类型。1 为学术学位,2 为专业学位。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\int_new:N \l_@@_info_degree_type_int
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/12}{删除论文标题中的 \tn{\textbackslash} 和汉字间的空格。}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_info_title_sanitized_tl,
+% \l_@@_info_title_en_sanitized_tl}
+% 处理后的论文标题。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_info_title_sanitized_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_info_title_en_sanitized_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_set_title:nn}
+% 设置论文标题,并删除其中的 |\\| 和汉字间的空格。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_set_title:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \tl_set:cn { l_@@_info_ #1 _tl } {#2}
+ \tl_set:cn { l_@@_info_ #1 _sanitized_tl } {#2}
+ \tl_replace_all:cnn { l_@@_info_ #1 _sanitized_tl } { \\ } { ~ }
+ \regex_replace_all:nnc
+ { \s+ } { \ }
+ { l_@@_info_ #1 _sanitized_tl }
+ \regex_replace_all:nnc
+ { ([\x{4e00}-\x{9fff}]) \s+ ([\x{4e00}-\x{9fff}]) } { \1 \2 }
+ { l_@@_info_ #1 _sanitized_tl }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% 定义 |fdu/info| 键值类。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\keys_define:nn { fdu / info }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/02/01}{新增 \opt{info/degree} 选项。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{info/degree}
+% 学位类型。只对硕士论文有效。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ degree .choices:nn =
+ { academic, professional }
+ { \int_set_eq:NN \l_@@_info_degree_type_int \l_keys_choice_int },
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{info/title,info/title*}
+% 论文题目。以下带星号的项目均表示相应的英文字段。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ title .code:n = { \@@_set_title:nn { title } {#1} },
+ title* .code:n = { \@@_set_title:nn { title_en } {#1} },
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{info/date}
+% 论文完成日期。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ date .tl_set:N = \l_@@_info_date_tl,
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{info/author,info/author*}
+% 作者姓名。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ author .tl_set:N = \l_@@_info_author_tl,
+ author* .tl_set:N = \l_@@_info_author_en_tl,
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{info/supervisor,info/supervisor*}
+% 导师姓名。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ supervisor .tl_set:N = \l_@@_info_supervisor_tl,
+% supervisor* .tl_set:N = \l_@@_info_supervisor_en_tl,
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{info/instructors}
+% 指导小组成员。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ instructors .clist_set:N = \l_@@_info_instructors_clist,
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{info/department,info/department*}
+% 院系。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ department .tl_set:N = \l_@@_info_department_tl,
+% department* .tl_set:N = \l_@@_info_department_en_tl,
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{info/major,info/major*}
+% 专业。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ major .tl_set:N = \l_@@_info_major_tl,
+% major* .tl_set:N = \l_@@_info_major_en_tl,
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{info/student-id}
+% 学号。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ student-id .tl_set:N = \l_@@_info_student_id_tl,
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{info/school-id}
+% 学校代码。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ school-id .tl_set:N = \l_@@_info_school_id_tl,
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{info/keywords,info/keywords*}
+% 论文关键字。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ keywords .clist_set:N = \l_@@_info_keywords_clist,
+ keywords* .clist_set:N = \l_@@_info_keywords_en_clist,
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/09/16}{新增 \opt{info/jel} 选项。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{info/clc,info/jel}
+% 中图分类号和 JEL 分类号。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ clc .tl_set:N = \l_@@_info_clc_tl,
+ jel .tl_set:N = \l_@@_info_jel_tl
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v0.4}{2017/08/10}{新增 \opt{style/logo} 与
+% \opt{style/logo-size} 选项。}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_cover_logo_tl,\l_@@_cover_logo_size_clist}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_cover_logo_tl
+\clist_new:N \l_@@_cover_logo_size_clist
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{style/logo,style/logo-size}
+% 校名图片的文件名和尺寸。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\keys_define:nn { fdu / style }
+ {
+ logo .tl_set:N = \l_@@_cover_logo_tl,
+ logo-size .clist_set:N = \l_@@_cover_logo_size_clist
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{密级}
+%
+% \changes{v0.3}{2017/07/04}{新增 \opt{info/secret-level} 与
+% \opt{info/secret-year} 选项。}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_secret_bool}
+% 是否显示密级。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\bool_new:N \l_@@_secret_bool
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_info_secret_level_tl}
+% 保存当前的密级。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_info_secret_level_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\keys_define:nn { fdu / info }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{info/secret-level}
+% \changes{v0.6}{2017/11/11}{不再依赖 XITS-Math 字体。}
+% 密级。\opt{none} 表示不涉密,\opt{i}、\opt{ii}、\opt{iii} 分别为
+% 秘密、机密、绝密。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ secret-level .choices:nn =
+ { none, i, ii, iii }
+ {
+ \int_compare:nTF { \l_keys_choice_int >= 2 }
+ {
+ \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_secret_bool
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_info_secret_level_tl
+ {
+ \clist_item:Nn \c_@@_secret_clist
+ { \l_keys_choice_int - 1 }
+ }
+ }
+ { \bool_set_false:N \l_@@_secret_bool }
+ },
+ secret-level .value_required:n = true,
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{info/secret-year}
+% 保密年限。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ secret-year .tl_set:N = \l_@@_info_secret_year_tl
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{定义内部函数}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_spread_box:nn,\@@_spread_box:no}
+% 分散对齐的水平盒子。
+% \begin{arguments}
+% \item 宽度
+% \item 内容
+% \end{arguments}
+% 利用 \cs{tl_map_inline:nn} 在字符间插入 \tn{hfil};紧随其后的 \tn{unskip}
+% 将会去掉最后一个 \tn{hfil}。见 \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/169689}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_spread_box:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \mode_leave_vertical:
+ \hbox_to_wd:nn {#1} { \tl_map_inline:nn {#2} { ##1 \hfil } \unskip }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_spread_box:nn { no }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_center_box:nn,\@@_center_box:Vn}
+% 居中对齐的水平盒子。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_center_box:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \mode_leave_vertical:
+ \hbox_to_wd:nn {#1} { \hfil #2 \hfil }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_center_box:nn { Vn }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_fixed_width_box:nn}
+% 限宽盒子(允许换行)。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_fixed_width_box:nn #1#2
+ { \parbox {#1} {#2} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_fixed_width_center_box:nn}
+% 居中对齐的限宽盒子(允许换行)。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_fixed_width_center_box:nn #1#2
+ { \parbox {#1} { \centering #2 } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_get_text_width:Nn,\@@_get_text_width:NV}
+% 获取文本宽度,并存入 |dim| 型变量。
+% \begin{arguments}
+% \item |dim| 型变量
+% \item 内容
+% \end{arguments}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_get_text_width:Nn #1#2
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l_@@_tmpa_box {#2}
+ \dim_set:Nn #1 { \box_wd:N \l_@@_tmpa_box }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_get_text_width:Nn { NV }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_blank_underline:n}
+% \changes{v0.4}{2017/08/14}{改用 \tn{rule} 绘制下划线,不再依赖
+% \pkg{ulem} 宏包。}
+% 下划线占位符。|#1|: 长度。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_blank_underline:n #1
+ { \rule [ -0.5 ex ] {#1} { 0.4 pt } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_line_spread:N,\@@_line_spread:n}
+% 设置行距。|#1|: 行距倍数 |fp| 变量。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_line_spread:N #1
+ { \linespread { \fp_use:N #1 } \selectfont }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_line_spread:n #1
+ { \linespread {#1} \selectfont }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{封面各部件}
+%
+% \changes{v0.5}{2017/09/19}{使用 \pkg{expl3} 以及内部函数改写
+% 封面,减少对 \LaTeXe{} 的依赖。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_cover_id:,\@@_cover_id_aux:n}
+% 右上角的学校代码和学号。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_cover_id:
+ {
+ \@@_fixed_width_box:nn { 120 pt }
+ {
+ \bool_if:NT \l_@@_secret_bool
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \sffamily
+ \@@_cover_id_aux:n { secret_level }
+ \c_@@_name_secret_star_tl
+ \l_@@_info_secret_year_tl
+ \group_end:
+ \par
+ }
+ \@@_cover_id_aux:n { school_id } \par
+ \@@_cover_id_aux:n { student_id }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 插入一个宽度为负的水平盒子以减少右侧边距。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \hbox_to_wd:nn { -24 pt } { }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_cover_id_aux:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_use:c { c_@@_name_ #1 _tl }
+ \c_@@_fwid_colon_tl
+ \tl_use:c { l_@@_info_ #1 _tl }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_cover_logo:}
+% 插入校名图片。根据参数 \opt{width} 和 \opt{height} 是否为空依次
+% 判断。\cs{l_@@_cover_logo_size_clist} 中超过两个的参数将被忽略。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_cover_logo:
+ {
+ \clist_pop:NN \l_@@_cover_logo_size_clist \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+ \clist_pop:NNTF \l_@@_cover_logo_size_clist \l_@@_tmpb_tl
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:NTF \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+ { \includegraphics [ height = \l_@@_tmpb_tl ] }
+ {
+ \includegraphics
+ [ width = \l_@@_tmpa_tl, height = \l_@@_tmpb_tl ]
+ }
+ }
+ { \includegraphics [ width = \l_@@_tmpa_tl ] }
+ { \l_@@_cover_logo_tl }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_cover_type:}
+% 论文类型。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_cover_type:
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nx \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+ {
+ \clist_item:Nn \c_@@_thesis_type_clist
+ { \g_@@_thesis_type_int }
+ }
+ \@@_spread_box:no { 0.45 \textwidth } { \l_@@_tmpa_tl }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_cover_degree:}
+% \changes{v0.7c}{2019/03/12}{允许博士学位论文使用学位类型。}
+% 学位类型。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_cover_degree:
+ {
+ \int_compare:nT { \g_@@_thesis_type_int != 3 }
+ {
+ \c_@@_fwid_left_paren_tl
+ \clist_item:Nn \c_@@_degree_type_clist
+ { \l_@@_info_degree_type_int }
+ \c_@@_fwid_right_paren_tl
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_cover_info_left:n}
+% 信息栏左侧字段。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_cover_info_left:n #1
+ {
+ \int_case:nn { \l_@@_info_degree_type_int }
+ {
+ { 1 } { \_@@_spread_box:nn { 6 em } {#1} }
+ { 2 } { \_@@_spread_box:nn { 9 em } {#1} }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_@@_cover_info_align_tl}
+% 信息栏对齐格式:左右两栏均居中,中间以冒号分隔。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_cover_info_align_tl
+ { c @ { \c_@@_fwid_colon_tl } c }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_cover_info:}
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/09/21}{调整专业学位的封面信息栏。}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/05}{封面信息栏改用表格实现。}
+% 信息栏。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_cover_info:
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \zihao { 4 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 专业学位与学术学位对应的左侧字段有所不同,这里统一存入 \cs{c_@@_name_major_tl}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \int_compare:nNnT { \l_@@_info_degree_type_int } = { 2 }
+ {
+ \tl_set_eq:NN
+ \c_@@_name_major_tl \c_@@_name_major_professional_tl
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 将信息栏的每一行存入 |clist| 变量中。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \clist_clear:N \l_@@_tmpa_clist
+ \clist_map_inline:nn { department, major, author, supervisor, date }
+ {
+ \clist_gput_right:Nn \l_@@_tmpa_clist
+ {
+ \exp_args:Nx \@@_cover_info_left:n
+ { \tl_use:c { c_@@_name_ ##1 _tl } }
+ &
+ \tl_use:c { l_@@_info_ ##1 _tl }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 通过 \env{tabular} 环境输出。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \begin{tabular} { \c_@@_cover_info_align_tl }
+ \clist_use:Nn \l_@@_tmpa_clist { \\ [ 1 ex ] }
+ \end{tabular}
+ \group_end:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_cover_signature:N}
+% 签名行。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_cover_signature:N #1
+ {
+ \clist_map_inline:Nn #1
+ {
+ ##1 \c_@@_fwid_colon_tl
+ \@@_blank_underline:n { 6 em }
+ \@@_quad:
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{封面模板}
+%
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/02/27}{使用 \pkg{xtemplate} 重构封面布局。}
+%
+% 声明封面对象。不需要带参数。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<@@=fdu_cover>
+\DeclareObjectType { fdu / cover } { \c_zero_int }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCoverTemplate,\fdu_cover_declare_template:nn}
+% 声明封面模板。
+% \begin{arguments}
+% \item 模板名称
+% \item 封面部件列表,以逗号分隔
+% \end{arguments}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand \DeclareCoverTemplate { m m }
+ { \fdu_cover_declare_template:nn {#1} {#2} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \fdu_cover_declare_template:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_template_tl {#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 构建模板接口。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_declare_template_interface:nx {#1}
+ {
+ format : tokenlist,
+ top-skip : skip,
+ bottom-skip : skip,
+ \clist_map_function:nN {#2} \@@_key_type:n
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 声明所用变量。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_new:c { l_@@ / #1 / format_tl }
+ \skip_new:c { l_@@ / #1 / top_skip }
+ \skip_new:c { l_@@ / #1 / bottom_skip }
+ \clist_map_inline:nn {#2}
+ {
+ \tl_new:c { l_@@ / #1 / ##1 / content_tl }
+ \tl_new:c { l_@@ / #1 / ##1 / format_tl }
+ \skip_new:c { l_@@ / #1 / ##1 / bottom_skip }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 声明模板代码。^^A 以下名字空间为 `fdu_cover' 而非 `fdu'
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_declare_template_code:nxn {#1}
+ {
+ format = \exp_not:c { l_@@ / #1 / format_tl },
+ top-skip = \use:c { l_@@ / #1 / top_skip },
+ bottom-skip = \use:c { l_@@ / #1 / bottom_skip },
+ \clist_map_function:nN {#2} \@@_key_binding:n
+ }
+ {
+ \AssignTemplateKeys
+ \tl_use:c { l_@@ / #1 / format_tl }
+ \__fdu_vspace:c { l_@@ / #1 / top_skip }
+ \clist_map_inline:nn {#2}
+ {
+ \use:c { @@ / #1 / ####1 / align:n }
+ {
+ \tl_use:c { l_@@ / #1 / ####1 / format_tl }
+ \tl_use:c { l_@@ / #1 / ####1 / content_tl }
+ \par
+ }
+ \__fdu_vspace:c { l_@@ / #1 / ####1 / bottom_skip }
+ }
+ \__fdu_vspace:c { l_@@ / #1 / bottom_skip }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_template_tl}
+% 保存模板名称。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_template_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_declare_template_interface:nn,
+% \@@_declare_template_code:nnn,
+% \@@_declare_template_interface:nx,
+% \@@_declare_template_code:nxn}
+% 为了展开的方便,这里需要封装 \pkg{xtemplate} 的一些函数。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_declare_template_interface:nn #1#2
+ { \DeclareTemplateInterface { fdu / cover } {#1} { \c_zero_int } {#2} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_declare_template_code:nnn #1#2#3
+ { \DeclareTemplateCode { fdu / cover } {#1} { \c_zero_int } {#2} {#3} }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_declare_template_interface:nn { nx }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_declare_template_code:nnn { nxn }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_key_type:n}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_key_type:n #1
+ {
+ #1 / content : tokenlist,
+ #1 / format : tokenlist,
+ #1 / bottom-skip : skip,
+ #1 / align : choice { left, right, center, normal } = normal,
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_key_binding:n}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_key_binding:n #1
+ {
+ #1 / content =
+ \exp_not:c
+ { l_@@ / \l_@@_template_tl / #1 / content_tl },
+ #1 / format =
+ \exp_not:c
+ { l_@@ / \l_@@_template_tl / #1 / format_tl },
+ #1 / bottom-skip =
+ \exp_not:c
+ { l_@@ / \l_@@_template_tl / #1 / bottom_skip },
+ #1 / align =
+ {
+ left =
+ \exp_not:N \cs_set_protected:cpn
+ { @@ / \l_@@_template_tl / #1 / align:n }
+ \exp_not:n {##1}
+ {
+ \exp_not:n
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \flushleft ##1 \endflushleft
+ \group_end:
+ }
+ },
+ right =
+ \exp_not:N \cs_set_protected:cpn
+ { @@ / \l_@@_template_tl / #1 / align:n }
+ \exp_not:n {##1}
+ {
+ \exp_not:n
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \flushright ##1 \endflushright
+ \group_end:
+ }
+ },
+ center =
+ \exp_not:N \cs_set_protected:cpn
+ { @@ / \l_@@_template_tl / #1 / align:n }
+ \exp_not:n {##1}
+ {
+ \exp_not:n
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \center ##1 \endcenter
+ \group_end:
+ }
+ },
+ normal =
+ \exp_not:N \cs_set_protected:cpn
+ { @@ / \l_@@_template_tl / #1 / align:n }
+ \exp_not:n {##1}
+ { \exp_not:n { \group_begin: ##1 \group_end: } }
+ },
+ }
+%<@@=fdu>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{绘制封面}
+%
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/18}{为封面添加 PDF 页码。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\makecoveri}
+% 论文封面(封一)。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand \makecoveri { }
+ {
+ \thispagestyle { empty }
+ \tl_set:Nn \thepage { A }
+ \UseInstance { fdu / cover } { cover-i-default }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\makecoverii}
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/09/21}{\opt{info/instructors} 为空时不再显示指导小组
+% 成员名单。}
+% 指导小组成员名单(封二)。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand \makecoverii { }
+ {
+ \thispagestyle { empty }
+ \tl_set:Nn \thepage { B }
+ \clist_if_empty:NTF \l_@@_info_instructors_clist
+ { \hbox:n { } }
+ { \UseInstance { fdu / cover } { cover-ii-default } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\makecoveriii}
+% 声明页(封三)。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand \makecoveriii { }
+ {
+ \cleardoublepage
+ \thispagestyle { empty }
+ \tl_set:Nn \thepage { C }
+ \tl_if_empty:NTF \l_@@_declaration_page_tl
+ { \UseInstance { fdu / cover } { cover-iii-default } }
+ { \includepdf { \l_@@_declaration_page_tl } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% 声明各封面模板组成部分。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCoverTemplate { cover-i }
+ { id, logo, type, degree, title, title-en, info }
+\DeclareCoverTemplate { cover-ii } { title, name-list }
+\DeclareCoverTemplate { cover-iii }
+ {
+ originality-decl-name,
+ originality-decl-text,
+ originality-decl-sig,
+ authorization-decl-name,
+ authorization-decl-text,
+ authorization-decl-sig
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v0.7d}{2019/03/29}{封面中文标题改为加粗宋体(可能使用伪粗)。}
+%
+% 定义封面的具体配置参数。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareInstance { fdu / cover } { cover-i-default } { cover-i }
+ {
+%<class-en> format = \@@_line_spread:N \c_@@_line_spread_fp,
+ bottom-skip = 0 pt plus 1.5 fill,
+ id / content = \@@_cover_id:,
+ logo / content = \@@_cover_logo:,
+ type / content = \@@_cover_type:,
+ degree / content = \@@_cover_degree:,
+ title / content =
+ \@@_fixed_width_center_box:nn
+ { 0.9 \textwidth } { \l_@@_info_title_tl },
+ title-en / content =
+ \@@_fixed_width_center_box:nn
+ { 0.9 \textwidth } { \l_@@_info_title_en_tl },
+ info / content = \@@_cover_info:,
+ id / format = \zihao { -5 },
+ type / format = \zihao { 2 },
+ degree / format = \zihao { 4 },
+ title / format = \zihao { -2 } \bfseries,
+ title-en / format =
+ \@@_line_spread:n { 1.2 } \zihao { 4 } \bfseries,
+ id / bottom-skip = 0 pt plus 1.6 fill,
+ logo / bottom-skip = 0 pt plus 0.3 fill,
+ type / bottom-skip = -18 pt,
+ degree / bottom-skip = 0 pt plus 0.8 fill,
+ title-en / bottom-skip = 0 pt plus 2.5 fill,
+ id / align = right,
+ logo / align = center,
+ type / align = center,
+ degree / align = center,
+ title / align = center,
+ title-en / align = center,
+ info / align = center,
+ }
+\DeclareInstance { fdu / cover } { cover-ii-default } { cover-ii }
+ {
+%<class-en> format = \@@_line_spread:N \c_@@_line_spread_fp,
+ title / content =
+ \@@_spread_box:no { 7 em } { \c_@@_name_instructors_tl },
+ name-list / content =
+ \clist_use:Nn \l_@@_info_instructors_clist { \par },
+ title / format = \zihao { 2 } \sffamily,
+ name-list / format = \large,
+ title / align = center,
+ name-list / align = center,
+ }
+\DeclareInstance { fdu / cover } { cover-iii-default } { cover-iii }
+ {
+ format =
+%<class> \@@_line_spread:n { 1.8 },
+%<class-en> \@@_line_spread:n { 1.8 } \dim_set:Nn \parindent { 2 \ccwd },
+ top-skip = 0 pt plus 0.2 fill,
+ bottom-skip = 0 pt plus 2.5 fill,
+ originality-decl-name / content = \c_@@_name_orig_decl_tl,
+ originality-decl-text / content = \c_@@_orig_decl_text_tl,
+ originality-decl-sig / content =
+ \@@_cover_signature:N \c_@@_orig_decl_sign_clist,
+ authorization-decl-name / content = \c_@@_name_auth_decl_tl,
+ authorization-decl-text / content = \c_@@_auth_decl_text_tl,
+ authorization-decl-sig / content =
+ \@@_cover_signature:N \c_@@_auth_decl_sign_clist,
+ originality-decl-name / format =
+ \@@_line_spread:n { 1.2 } \zihao { -2 } \bfseries,
+ authorization-decl-name / format =
+ \@@_line_spread:n { 1.2 } \zihao { -2 } \bfseries,
+ originality-decl-name / bottom-skip = 0.4 cm,
+ originality-decl-text / bottom-skip = 0.4 cm,
+ originality-decl-sig / bottom-skip = 0 pt plus 2.5 fill,
+ authorization-decl-name / bottom-skip = 0.4 cm,
+ authorization-decl-text / bottom-skip = 0.4 cm,
+ originality-decl-name / align = center,
+ originality-decl-sig / align = right,
+ authorization-decl-name / align = center,
+ authorization-decl-sig / align = right,
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_auto_make_cover_bool,\l_@@_declaration_page_tl}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\bool_new:N \l_@@_auto_make_cover_bool
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_declaration_page_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{style/auto-make-cover}
+% 是否自动生成封面。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\keys_define:nn { fdu / style }
+ {
+ auto-make-cover .bool_set:N = \l_@@_auto_make_cover_bool,
+ auto-make-cover .default:n = true,
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/09/21}{新增 \opt{style/declaration-page} 选项。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{style/declaration-page}
+% 设置扫描版的声明页 PDF 文档。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ declaration-page .code:n =
+ {
+ \tl_set_eq:NN \l_@@_declaration_page_tl \l_keys_value_tl
+ \RequirePackage { pdfpages }
+ },
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% 在 \env{document} 开始位置添加封面以及指导小组成员名单。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ctex_after_end_preamble:n
+ {
+ \bool_if:NT \l_@@_auto_make_cover_bool
+ {
+ \begin{titlepage}
+ \makecoveri \newpage \makecoverii
+ \end{titlepage}
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% 在 \env{document} 结束位置添加声明页。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@@_gadd_ltxhook:nn { enddocument }
+ { \bool_if:NT \l_@@_auto_make_cover_bool { \makecoveriii } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{目录}
+%
+% 设置目录标题。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\keys_set:nn { ctex }
+ {
+%<class> contentsname = \c_@@_name_toc_tl,
+%<class> listfigurename = \c_@@_name_lof_tl,
+%<class> listtablename = \c_@@_name_lot_tl,
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% 设置目录中章节标题的样式。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ chapter / tocline =
+ {
+%<class> \normalfont \sffamily
+%<class-en> \bfseries
+ \CTEXnumberline {#1} #2
+ },
+ section / tocline =
+ {
+%<class-en> \bfseries
+ \CTEXnumberline {#1} #2
+ },
+ subsection / tocline =
+ {
+%<class> \fdu@kai
+ \CTEXnumberline {#1} #2
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v0.7e}{2019/05/12}{增加对插图、表格目录的处理。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents,\listoffigures,\listoftables}
+% 修改 \cs{tableofcontents}、\cs{listoffigures} 和 \cs{listoftables} 的定义,
+% 使得页眉正确显示,并出现在目录及 PDF 书签中。来自于 \LaTeXe{} 标准文档类
+% \file{book.cls}^^A
+% \footnote{原代码中只有 \cs{tableofcontents} 的 \cs{@mkboth} 出现在
+% \cs{chapter*} 内部,这是出于兼容性的考虑而非 typo。}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@@_patch_cmd:Nnn \tableofcontents
+ {
+ \chapter*{\contentsname
+ \@mkboth{\MakeUppercase\contentsname}
+ {\MakeUppercase\contentsname}}
+ }
+ { \@@_chapter_no_toc:V \contentsname }
+\@@_patch_cmd:Nnn \listoffigures
+ {
+ \chapter*{\listfigurename}
+ \@mkboth{\MakeUppercase\listfigurename}
+ {\MakeUppercase\listfigurename}
+ }
+ { \@@_chapter:V \listfigurename }
+\@@_patch_cmd:Nnn \listoftables
+ {
+ \chapter*{\listtablename}
+ \@mkboth{\MakeUppercase\listtablename}
+ {\MakeUppercase\listtablename}
+ }
+ { \@@_chapter:V \listtablename }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\@starttoc}
+% 修改 \tn{@starttoc} 的定义以调整英文模板中的目录行距。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*class-en>
+\@@_patch_cmd:Nnn \@starttoc
+ { \begingroup }
+ {
+ \begingroup
+ \@@_line_spread:N \c_@@_line_spread_fp
+ }
+%</class-en>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{摘要}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{abstract}
+% \begin{environment}{abstract*}
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/03/05}{整理代码。}
+% 摘要环境。在中文模板定义了中英文双语摘要,但在英文模板中则没有定义中文摘要。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentEnvironment { abstract } { }
+%<class> { \@@_abstract_begin: } { \@@_abstract_end: }
+%<class-en> { \@@_abstract_en_begin: } { \@@_abstract_en_end: }
+%<*class>
+\NewDocumentEnvironment { abstract* } { }
+ { \@@_abstract_en_begin: } { \@@_abstract_en_end: }
+%</class>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_abstract_begin:,\@@_abstract_en_begin:}
+% 摘要页标题。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*class>
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_abstract_begin:
+ { \@@_chapter:V \c_@@_name_abstract_tl }
+%</class>
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_abstract_en_begin:
+ { \@@_chapter:V \c_@@_name_abstract_en_tl }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v0.7d}{2019/03/28}{优化关键字列表的显示。}
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/12/22}{没有指定 CLC/JEL 分类号时不再显示。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_abstract_end:}
+% 摘要正文完成后,输出关键字列表和 CLC/JEL 分类号。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*class>
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_abstract_end:
+ {
+ \@@_keywords:nNn
+ { \sffamily \c_@@_name_keywords_tl \c_@@_fwid_colon_tl }
+ \l_@@_info_keywords_clist { \c_@@_fwid_semicolon_tl }
+ \tl_if_empty:NF \l_@@_info_clc_tl
+ {
+ \@@_clc_jel:nn
+ { \sffamily \c_@@_name_clc_tl \c_@@_fwid_colon_tl }
+ { \l_@@_info_clc_tl }
+ }
+ }
+%</class>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_abstract_en_end:}
+% 英文摘要中,如果指定了 JEL 分类号,则 CLC 分类号不再显示。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_abstract_en_end:
+ {
+ \@@_keywords:nNn
+ { \bfseries \c_@@_name_keywords_en_tl \@@_quad: }
+ \l_@@_info_keywords_en_clist { ; ~ }
+ \tl_if_empty:NTF \l_@@_info_jel_tl
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:NF \l_@@_info_clc_tl
+ {
+ \@@_clc_jel:nn
+ { \bfseries \c_@@_name_clc_en_tl \@@_quad: }
+ { \l_@@_info_clc_tl }
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ \@@_clc_jel:nn
+ { \bfseries \c_@@_name_jel_en_tl \@@_quad: }
+ { \l_@@_info_jel_tl }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_keywords:nNn,\@@_keywords_prevdepth:,\@@_clc_jel:nn}
+% 关键字列表前要空一行,使用悬挂缩进;分类号不缩进。\tn{parbox} 之后的间距
+% 需要调整,见 \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/34982}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_keywords:nNn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \par \mode_leave_vertical: \par \noindent
+ \@@_get_text_width:Nn \l_@@_tmpa_dim {#1}
+ \group_begin: #1 \group_end:
+ \parbox [t] { \dim_eval:n { \textwidth - \l_@@_tmpa_dim } }
+ {
+ \clist_use:Nn #2 {#3} \par
+ \cs_gset:Npx \@@_keywords_prevdepth:
+ { \dim_use:N \tex_prevdepth:D }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_clc_jel:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \par \tex_prevdepth:D \@@_keywords_prevdepth: \noindent
+ \group_begin: #1 \group_end:
+ #2
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{符号表}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{notation}
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/03/05}{整理代码。}
+% 符号表环境,利用 \env{longtable} 封装。可选参数为表格列格式说明符。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentEnvironment { notation } { O { l p { 7.5 cm } } }
+ {
+ \@@_notation_begin:
+ \group_begin:
+ \@@_notation_long_table_setup:
+ \longtable {#1}
+ }
+ {
+ \endlongtable
+ \group_end:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_notation_begin:}
+% 符号表页标题。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_notation_begin:
+ {
+%<class> \@@_chapter:V \c_@@_name_notation_tl
+%<class-en> \@@_chapter:V \c_@@_name_notation_en_tl
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_notation_long_table_setup:}
+% 调整 \cs{LTpre} 和 \cs{LTpost},以删去 \env{longtable} 前后的空白。
+% 英文模板中还需要调整表格的行距。注意 \tn{arraystretch} 只是一个简单
+% 宏,不能使用 \cs{fp_set:Nn}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_notation_long_table_setup:
+ {
+%<class-en> \tl_set:Nn \arraystretch { 1.3 }
+ \dim_set_eq:NN \LTpre \c_zero_dim
+ \dim_set_eq:NN \LTpost \c_zero_dim
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{致谢}
+%
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/06}{新增致谢环境。}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{acknowledgements}
+% 致谢环境。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentEnvironment { acknowledgements } { }
+ { \@@_acknowledgements_begin: } { }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_acknowledgements_begin:}
+% 致谢页标题。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_acknowledgements_begin:
+ {
+%<class> \@@_chapter:V \c_@@_name_acknowledgements_tl
+%<class-en> \@@_chapter:V \c_@@_name_acknowledgements_en_tl
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{参考文献著录与引用}
+%
+% \changes{v0.6}{2017/10/27}{支持 \BibTeX{},以实现参考文献的著录与引用。}
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/01/25}{支持 \biber{} 与 \pkg{biblatex}。}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_bibtex_bool}
+% 是否使用 \BibTeX{} 作为参考文献处理程序。若为否,则使用
+% \pkg{biblatex}/\biber{}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\bool_new:N \l_@@_bibtex_bool
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_bib_style_tl,\l_@@_bib_gb_style_tl,
+% \l_@@_cite_style_tl}
+% 保存参考文献及引用样式。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_bib_style_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_bib_gb_style_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_cite_style_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_bib_resource_clist}
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/03/07}{改用 \texttt{clist} 型变量,允许在 \pkg{biblatex}
+% 下使用多个数据源。}
+% 保存参考文献数据库列表。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_new:N \l_@@_bib_resource_clist
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \changes{v0.6}{2017/10/28}{新增 \opt{style/bib-style} 选项。}
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/01/25}{新增 \opt{style/bib-backend}、
+% \opt{style/cite-style} 和 \opt{style/bib-resource} 选项。}
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/09/20}{直接调用 \pkg{gbt7714} 宏包。}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\keys_define:nn { fdu / style }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{style/bib-backend}
+% 参考文献后端。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ bib-backend .choice:,
+ bib-backend .value_required:n = true,
+ bib-backend / bibtex .code:n =
+ { \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_bibtex_bool },
+ bib-backend / biblatex .code:n =
+ { \bool_set_false:N \l_@@_bibtex_bool },
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{style/bib-style}
+% 参考文献样式。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ bib-style .choice:,
+ bib-style .value_required:n = true,
+ bib-style / numerical .code:n =
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_bib_gb_style_tl { numerical }
+ \tl_clear:N \l_@@_bib_style_tl
+ },
+ bib-style / author-year .code:n =
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_bib_gb_style_tl { author-year }
+ \tl_clear:N \l_@@_bib_style_tl
+ },
+ bib-style / unknown .code:n =
+ {
+ \tl_set_eq:NN \l_@@_bib_style_tl \l_keys_value_tl
+ \tl_clear:N \l_@@_bib_gb_style_tl
+ },
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{style/cite-style}
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/09/17}{允许在 \BibTeX{} 下使用。}
+% 引用样式。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ cite-style .tl_set:N = \l_@@_cite_style_tl,
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{style/bib-resource}
+% 参考文献数据源。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ bib-resource .clist_set:N = \l_@@_bib_resource_clist
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/03/28}{正确使用导言区末尾钩子。}
+%
+% 为了保证导言区中的设置能起作用,\pkg{gbt774}、\pkg{natbib} 或 \pkg{biblatex}
+% 宏包均需要在导言区末尾载入(仍在 \pkg{hyperref} 之前),并做相关设置。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ctex_at_end_preamble:n
+ {
+ \bool_if:NT \l_@@_bibtex_bool
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:NTF \l_@@_bib_style_tl
+ {
+ \RequirePackage [ sort & compress ] { gbt7714 }
+ \exp_args:No \bibliographystyle
+ { gbt7714- \l_@@_bib_gb_style_tl }
+ }
+ {
+ \RequirePackage [ sort & compress ] { natbib }
+ \exp_args:No \bibliographystyle
+ { \l_@@_bib_style_tl }
+ }
+ \@@_bibtex_setup:
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \pkg{biblatex} 会写入 |begindocument/before| 钩子,因此需在其之前通过
+% \texttt{env/doc\-u\-ment/begin} 钩子载入 \pkg{biblatex} 宏包。注意这个
+% 钩子仅适用于 |\begin{document}| 的写法,对于 |\document| 命令本身无效。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@@_gadd_ltxhook:nn { env/document/begin }
+ {
+ \bool_if:NF \l_@@_bibtex_bool
+ {
+ \@@_biblatex_pre_setup:
+ \RequirePackage { biblatex }
+ \@@_biblatex_post_setup:
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/01/25}{统一使用 \cs{printbibliography} 命令
+% 生成参考文献列表。}
+% \changes{v0.7d}{2019/03/23}{使参考文献在目录中正常显示。}
+% \changes{v0.7e}{2020/08/30}{同步 \pkg{gbt7714} v2.0。}
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/09/20}{新增不带上标的文内引用命令。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_bibtex_setup:,\parencite,\printbibliography}
+% \BibTeX{} 相关设置。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_bibtex_setup:
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 行内引用命令。这里定义比较繁琐,是为了与 \tn{cite} 等命令保持一致。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_if_eq:VnTF \l_@@_bib_gb_style_tl { numerical }
+ {
+ \exp_args:NNx \DeclareRobustCommand \parencite
+ { \exp_args:No \exp_not:o { \cs:w cite ~ \cs_end: } }
+ \exp_args:Nc \ctex_patch_cmd:Nnn { parencite ~ }
+ { \begingroup }
+ { \begingroup \bibstyle@numbers }
+ }
+ { \cs_set_eq:NN \parencite \cite }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 引用样式。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_if_empty:NF \l_@@_cite_style_tl
+ { \exp_args:NV \citestyle \l_@@_cite_style_tl }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 使用 \tn{textendash} “\textendash”作为数字间的连接号。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ctex_patch_cmd:Nnn \NAT@citexnum
+ { - \NAT@penalty }
+ { \textendash \NAT@penalty }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 修改参考文献标题。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \cs_set:Npn \bibsection { \@@_chapter:V \bibname }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \BibTeX{} 下接口与 \pkg{biblatex} 保持统一。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \NewDocumentCommand \printbibliography { o }
+ {
+ \exp_args:NV \bibliography \l_@@_bib_resource_clist
+ \IfValueT {##1}
+ { \@@_warning:nn { invalid-option-in-bibtex } {##1} }
+ }
+ }
+\@@_msg_new:nn { invalid-option-in-bibtex }
+ { Option(s)~ "#1"~ are~ invalid~ in~ BibTeX. }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v0.8}{2022/01/08}{补充定义 \tn{addbibresource} 命令以兼容 \pkg{biblatex} 的用法。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\addbibresource}
+% 由于 \pkg{biblatex} 在导言区后才载入,需要单独定义添加参考文献数据源的命令以实现兼容。
+% 该命令需要在载入宏包前取消定义。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\bool_if:NF \l_@@_bibtex_bool
+ {
+ \NewDocumentCommand \addbibresource { m }
+ { \clist_gput_right:Nn \l_@@_bib_resource_clist {#1} }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_biblatex_pre_setup:,\@@_biblatex_post_setup:}
+% \pkg{biblatex} 相关设置。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_biblatex_pre_setup:
+ {
+ \cs_undefine:N \addbibresource
+ \clist_new:N \l_@@_biblatex_options_clist
+ \clist_put_right:Nn \l_@@_biblatex_options_clist { hyperref = manual }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 参考文献样式。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \clist_put_right:Nx \l_@@_biblatex_options_clist
+ {
+ style =
+ \tl_if_empty:NTF \l_@@_bib_style_tl
+ {
+ \str_if_eq:VnTF \l_@@_bib_gb_style_tl { numerical }
+ { gb7714-2015 } { gb7714-2015ay }
+ }
+ { \l_@@_bib_style_tl }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 引用样式。
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/03/09}{正确调用引用样式。}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_if_empty:NF \l_@@_cite_style_tl
+ {
+ \clist_put_right:Nx \l_@@_biblatex_options_clist
+ { citestyle = \l_@@_cite_style_tl }
+ }
+ \exp_args:NV \PassOptionsToPackage \l_@@_biblatex_options_clist
+ { biblatex }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_biblatex_post_setup:
+ {
+ \clist_map_function:NN \l_@@_bib_resource_clist \addbibresource
+ \@@_biblatex_allow_url_break:
+ \@@_biblatex_use_en_dash:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 修改参考文献标题。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \defbibheading { bibliography } [ \bibname ] { \@@_chapter:n {##1} }
+%<*class-en>
+ \exp_args:Nnx \DefineBibliographyStrings { english }
+ { bibliography = { \c_@@_name_bib_en_tl } }
+%</class-en>
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_biblatex_allow_url_break:}
+% \pkg{biblatex} 下允许 URL 在字母、数字和一些特殊符号处断行。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_biblatex_allow_url_break:
+ {
+ \int_set_eq:NN \c@biburlucpenalty \c_one_int
+ \int_set_eq:NN \c@biburlnumpenalty \c_one_int
+ \int_set_eq:NN \c@biburllcpenalty \c_one_int
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_biblatex_use_en_dash:}
+% 使用 \tn{textendash} “\textendash”作为数字间的连接号。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_biblatex_use_en_dash:
+ {
+ \DefineBibliographyExtras { english }
+ {
+ \cs_set_nopar:Npn \bibrangedash
+ { \textendash \penalty \hyphenpenalty }
+ }
+ \DefineBibliographyExtras { russian }
+ {
+ \cs_set_nopar:Npn \bibrangedash
+ { \textendash \penalty \hyphenpenalty }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/01/25}{同步 \pkg{gbt7714} v1.0,移除有关超链接的额外设置。}
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/09/20}{不再将著录用符号修改为中文标点符号。}
+%
+% \subsection{\pkg{hyperref} 相关配置}
+%
+% \changes{v0.4}{2017/08/13}{新增 \pkg{hyperref} 相关配置,包括超链接
+% 样式(\opt{style/hyperlink} 与 \opt{style/hyperlink-color} 选项)
+% 及 PDF 元信息等。}
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/01/23}{将 \pkg{hyperref} 相关配置移至模板末尾,
+% 以减少冲突。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\hypersetup}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/08}{改用 \cs{DeclareDocumentCommand} 定义。}
+% \begin{macro}{\fdu_hyperref_setup:n}
+% \pkg{hyperref} 宏包是在导言区之后才引入的。若要在导言区中使用
+% \tn{hypersetup} 命令,必须另行定义。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareDocumentCommand \hypersetup { m }
+ { \fdu_hyperref_setup:n {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \fdu_hyperref_setup:n #1
+ { \clist_gput_right:Nn \g_@@_to_hyperref_clist {#1} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_set_hyperlink_color_key:n}
+% 设置超链接颜色选项。最后的逗号用于确保 \pkg{l3keys} 可以正确解析,不能省去。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_set_hyperlink_color_key:n #1
+ {
+ hyperlink-color / \clist_item:nn {#1} {1} .code:n =
+ {
+ \@@_define_hyperlink_color:nnn
+ { \clist_item:nn {#1} {2} }
+ { \clist_item:nn {#1} {3} }
+ { \clist_item:nn {#1} {4} }
+ \fdu_hyperref_setup:n
+ {
+ linkcolor = fdu@link, linkbordercolor = fdu@link,
+ urlcolor = fdu@url, urlbordercolor = fdu@url,
+ citecolor = fdu@cite, citebordercolor = fdu@cite
+ }
+ },
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_define_hyperlink_color:nnn}
+% 定义超链接颜色。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_define_hyperlink_color:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \definecolorset { HTML } { fdu@ } { }
+ { link, #1; url, #2; cite, #3 }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\keys_define:nx { fdu / style }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{style/hyperlink}
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/12/27}{修复边框不显示的问题;不需要为 \opt{hidelinks} 选项传递参数。}
+% 超链接样式。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ hyperlink .choice:,
+ hyperlink .value_required:n = true,
+ hyperlink / border .code:n =
+ { \fdu_hyperref_setup:n { colorlinks = false } },
+ hyperlink / color .code:n =
+ { \fdu_hyperref_setup:n { colorlinks = true } },
+ hyperlink / none .code:n =
+ { \fdu_hyperref_setup:n { hidelinks } },
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{style/hyperlink-color}
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/12/27}{移除不常用的超链接颜色。}
+% 超链接颜色。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ hyperlink-color .choice:,
+ hyperlink-color .value_required:n = true,
+ \clist_map_function:nN
+ {
+ { classic, FF0000, 0000FF, 00FF00 },
+ { default, 990000, 0000B2, 007F00 },
+ { material, E91E63, 009688, 4CAF50 },
+ { graylevel, 616161, 616161, 616161 },
+ { prl, 2D3092, 2D3092, 2D3092 }
+ }
+ \@@_set_hyperlink_color_key:n
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v0.6}{2017/10/29}{优化 URL 断行设置。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\fdu_allow_url_break:,\@@_add_url_break_points:}
+% 允许 URL 在字母、数字和一些特殊符号处断行。见
+% \url{https://bit.ly/2hhIjLW}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \fdu_allow_url_break:
+ {
+ \cs_new:Npn \@@_add_url_break_points:
+ { \tl_map_function:NN \c_@@_url_break_points_tl \do }
+ \@@_appto_cmd:Nn \UrlBreaks
+ { \UrlOrds \@@_add_url_break_points: }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_@@_url_break_points_tl}
+% 额外的断行位置是 26 个英文字母(大小写)以及 10 个阿拉伯数字。
+% \pkg{url} 提供的宏 \tn{UrlBreaks} 还包含了特殊符号 |*|、|-|、
+% |~|、|'|、|"|、|-|,也被设置为允许断行。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_url_break_points_tl
+ {
+ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+ ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
+ 0123456789
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \changes{v0.7e}{2019/04/23}{处理 \pkg{hyperref} 与 \pkg{unicode-math}
+% 的兼容性问题。}
+%
+% 在导言区末尾引入 \pkg{hyperref} 宏包。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ctex_at_end_preamble:n
+ {
+ \RequirePackage { hyperref }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 此后 \tn{hypersetup} 命令由 \pkg{hyperref} 宏包接管。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \hypersetup
+ {
+ bookmarksnumbered = true,
+ psdextra = true,
+ unicode = true,
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 填写 PDF 元信息。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*class>
+ pdftitle = \l_@@_info_title_sanitized_tl,
+ pdfauthor = \l_@@_info_author_tl,
+ pdfkeywords = \l_@@_info_keywords_clist,
+%</class>
+%<*class-en>
+ pdftitle = \l_@@_info_title_en_sanitized_tl,
+ pdfauthor = \l_@@_info_author_en_tl,
+ pdfkeywords = \l_@@_info_keywords_en_clist,
+%</class-en>
+% pdfsubject = ,
+ pdfcreator = \c_@@_name_pdf_creator_tl
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 将导言区中通过 \cs{fdu_hyperref_setup:n} 进行的设置传入 \tn{hypersetup}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \exp_args:NV \hypersetup \g_@@_to_hyperref_clist
+% \end{macrocode}
+% URL 断行处理。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fdu_allow_url_break:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% 由于 \pkg{hyperref} 在 \pkg{biblatex} 之后调用,所以需要手动开启相关功能。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \bool_if:NF \l_@@_bibtex_bool { \BiblatexManualHyperrefOn }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% 在 PDF 字符串中设置 \tn{fdu@kai} 命令为空,以抑制 \pkg{hyperref} 的警告信息。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ctex_at_end_package:nn { hyperref }
+ {
+ \pdfstringdefDisableCommands
+ {
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \fdu@kai \prg_do_nothing:
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \quad \c_space_tl
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \qquad \c_space_tl
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{用户接口}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{info,style}
+% 定义元(meta)键值对。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\keys_define:nn { fdu }
+ {
+ info .meta:nn = { fdu / info } {#1},
+ style .meta:nn = { fdu / style } {#1}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% 文档类初始设置。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\keys_set:nn { fdu }
+ {
+ style / font = times,
+%<class> style / cjk-font = fandol,
+ style / font-size = -4,
+%<class> style / fullwidth-stop = false,
+ style / auto-make-cover = true,
+ style / logo = { fudan-name.pdf },
+ style / logo-size = { 0.5 \textwidth },
+ style / hyperlink = color,
+ style / hyperlink-color = default,
+ style / bib-style = numerical,
+ info / degree = academic,
+ info / secret-level = none,
+ info / school-id = { 10246 },
+ info / date = { \zhtoday },
+%<class> theorem / header-font = { \sffamily },
+%<class-en> theorem / header-font = { \bfseries \upshape },
+%<class> theorem / body-font = { \fdu@kai },
+%<class-en> theorem / body-font = { \itshape },
+ theorem / counter = { chapter }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\fdusetup}
+% 用户设置接口。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand \fdusetup { m }
+ { \keys_set:nn { fdu } {#1} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{proof}
+% \begin{environment}{axiom}
+% \begin{environment}{corollary}
+% \begin{environment}{definition}
+% \begin{environment}{example}
+% \begin{environment}{lemma}
+% \begin{environment}{theorem}
+% 模板预定义的常用数学环境。
+% 其中的“证明”比较特殊,它不编号,但会添加证毕符号。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*class>
+\newtheorem* { proof } { \c_@@_name_proof_tl }
+\newtheorem { axiom } { \c_@@_name_axiom_tl }
+\newtheorem { corollary } { \c_@@_name_corollary_tl }
+\newtheorem { definition } { \c_@@_name_definition_tl }
+\newtheorem { example } { \c_@@_name_example_tl }
+\newtheorem { lemma } { \c_@@_name_lemma_tl }
+\newtheorem { theorem } { \c_@@_name_theorem_tl }
+%</class>
+%<*class-en>
+\newtheorem* { proof } { \c_@@_name_proof_en_tl }
+\newtheorem { axiom } { \c_@@_name_axiom_en_tl }
+\newtheorem { corollary } { \c_@@_name_corollary_en_tl }
+\newtheorem { definition } { \c_@@_name_definition_en_tl }
+\newtheorem { example } { \c_@@_name_example_en_tl }
+\newtheorem { lemma } { \c_@@_name_lemma_en_tl }
+\newtheorem { theorem } { \c_@@_name_theorem_en_tl }
+%</class-en>
+%</class|class-en>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \subsection{模板参数配置文件}
+%
+% \changes{v0.3}{2017/06/27}{分离文档类与参数配置文件。}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*definition>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{通用配置}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_@@_name_simp_tl,\c_@@_name_trad_tl,\c_@@_name_en_tl}
+% 学校名称。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_name_simp_tl { 复旦大学 }
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_name_trad_tl { 復旦大學 }
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_name_en_tl { Fudan~ University }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% 常用标点符号,见表~\ref{tab:punctuations}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_map_inline:nn
+ {
+ { ideo_comma } { ^^^^3001 },
+ { ideo_full_stop } { ^^^^3002 },
+ { fwid_comma } { ^^^^ff0c },
+ { fwid_full_stop } { ^^^^ff0e },
+ { fwid_colon } { ^^^^ff1a },
+ { fwid_semicolon } { ^^^^ff1b },
+ { fwid_left_paren } { ^^^^ff08 },
+ { fwid_right_paren } { ^^^^ff09 }
+ }
+ { \@@_define_punct:nn #1 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{table}[ht]
+% \caption{常用标点符号}
+% \label{tab:punctuations}
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}{cccc}
+% \toprule
+% \textbf{中文名称} &
+% \textbf{英文名称} &
+% \textbf{符号} &
+% \textbf{Unicode 码位} \\
+% \midrule
+% 中文顿号 & Ideographic comma & ^^^^3001 & U+3001 \\
+% 中文句号 & Ideographic full stop & ^^^^3002 & U+3002 \\
+% 中文逗号 & Fullwidth comma & ^^^^ff0c & U+FF0C \\
+% 全角西文句点 & Fullwidth full stop & ^^^^ff0e & U+FF0E \\
+% 中文冒号 & Fullwidth colon & ^^^^ff1a & U+FF1A \\
+% 中文分号 & Fullwidth semicolon & ^^^^ff1b & U+FF1B \\
+% 中文左圆括号 & Fullwidth left parenthesis & ^^^^ff08 & U+FF08 \\
+% 中文右圆括号 & Fullwidth right parenthesis & ^^^^ff09 & U+FF09 \\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{table}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_@@_line_spread_fp}
+% 行距倍数。行距倍数 $k$ 由下式确定:
+% \begin{equation*}
+% 1.2 \times k \times \qty{12}{bp} = \qty{20}{pt}.
+% \end{equation*}
+% 式中,1.2 是基本行距与文字大小之比,\qty{12}{bp} 是小四号字的大小,
+% \qty{20}{pt} 是行距固定值。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fp_const:Nn \c_@@_line_spread_fp
+ { \dim_ratio:nn { 20 pt } { 12 bp } / 1.2 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \subsubsection{声明页}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_@@_orig_decl_text_tl}
+% 论文独创性声明。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_orig_decl_text_tl
+ {
+ 本人郑重声明:所呈交的学位论文,是本人在导师的指导下,独立进行研究
+ 工作所取得的成果。论文中除特别标注的内容外,不包含任何其他个人或机
+ 构已经发表或撰写过的研究成果。对本研究做出重要贡献的个人和集体,均
+ 已在论文中作了明确的声明并表示了谢意。本声明的法律结果由本人承担。
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_@@_auth_decl_text_tl}
+% 论文使用授权声明。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_auth_decl_text_tl
+ {
+ 本人完全了解复旦大学有关收藏和利用博士、硕士学位论文的规定,即:学
+ 校有权收藏、使用并向国家有关部门或机构送交论文的印刷本和电子版本;
+ 允许论文被查阅和借阅;学校可以公布论文的全部或部分内容,可以采用影
+ 印、缩印或其它复制手段保存论文。涉密学位论文在解密后遵守此规定。
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_@@_orig_decl_sign_clist,
+% \c_@@_auth_decl_sign_clist}
+% 声明页签名项目。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_const:Nn \c_@@_orig_decl_sign_clist
+ { 作者签名, 日期 }
+\clist_const:Nn \c_@@_auth_decl_sign_clist
+ { 作者签名, 导师签名, 日期 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \subsubsection{杂项}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_@@_thesis_type_clist,
+% \c_@@_degree_type_clist}
+% 论文类型与学位类型。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_const:Nn \c_@@_thesis_type_clist
+ { 博士学位论文, 硕士学位论文, 本科毕业论文 }
+\clist_const:Nn \c_@@_degree_type_clist
+ { 学术学位, 专业学位 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_@@_secret_clist}
+% 三种密级。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_const:Nn \c_@@_secret_clist { 秘密, 机密, 绝密 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% 默认名称。注意空格是忽略掉的。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_map_inline:nn
+ {
+ { secret_level } { 密 \qquad 级 },
+ { secret_star } { \textrm { \bigstar } },
+ { school_id } { 学校代码 },
+ { student_id } { 学 \qquad 号 },
+ { department } { 院系 },
+ { major } { 专业 },
+ { major_professional } { 专业学位类别(领域) },
+ { author } { 姓名 },
+ { supervisor } { 指导教师 },
+ { date } { 完成日期 },
+ { instructors } { 指导小组成员 },
+ { author_sign } { 作者签名 },
+ { supervisor_sign } { 导师签名 },
+ { sign_date } { 日期 },
+ { toc } { 目 \quad 录 },
+ { lof } { 插图目录 },
+ { lot } { 表格目录 },
+ { bib_en } { Bibliography },
+ { pdf_creator } { LaTeX~ with~ fduthesis~ class },
+ { orig_decl }
+ { \c_@@_name_simp_tl \\ 学位论文独创性声明 },
+ { auth_decl }
+ { \c_@@_name_simp_tl \\ 学位论文使用授权声明 },
+ }
+ { \@@_define_name:nn #1 }
+\clist_map_inline:nn
+ {
+ { abstract } { 摘 \quad 要 } { Abstract },
+ { keywords } { 关键字 } { Keywords: },
+ { clc } { 中图分类号 } { CLC~ code: },
+ { jel } { JEL 分类号 } { JEL~ code: },
+ { notation } { 符号表 } { List~ of~ Symbols },
+ { acknowledgements } { 致 \quad 谢 } { Acknowledgements }
+ }
+ { \@@_define_name:nnn #1 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% 默认定理头名称。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\clist_map_inline:nn
+ {
+ { proof } { 证明 } { Proof },
+ { axiom } { 公理 } { Axiom },
+ { corollary } { 推论 } { Corollary },
+ { definition } { 定义 } { Definition },
+ { example } { 例 } { Example },
+ { lemma } { 引理 } { Lemma },
+ { theorem } { 定理 } { Theorem }
+ }
+ { \@@_define_name:nnn #1 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_@@_name_major_professional_tl}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/05}{处理右括号带来的间距。}
+% 处理右括号带来的间距。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_put_right:Nn \c_@@_name_major_professional_tl
+ { { \skip_horizontal:n { -0.5 em } } }
+%</definition>
+%<@@=>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \end{implementation}
+%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-code.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-code.pdf
index 65a33c4825..91dd190d1c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-code.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-doc.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-doc.dtx
index 15bc16d666..c39e192e7a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-doc.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-doc.dtx
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 2017--2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>
+% Copyright (C) 2017--2023 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>
%
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
@@ -83,8 +83,7 @@
\@namedef{ver@thumbpdf.sty}{9999/99/99}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \changes{v0.8}{2021/10/21}{[\pkg{fdudoc}] 使用 \pkg{gbt7714} 宏包
-% 处理参考文献。}
+% \changes{v0.8}{2021/10/21}{[\pkg{fdudoc}] 使用 \pkg{gbt7714} 宏包处理参考文献。}
%
% 载入宏包和文档类。
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -528,7 +527,7 @@
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_module_star:w #1 > #2 \q_stop
{
% \end{macrocode}
-% 临时变量 \cs{l_@@_tmp_tl} 保存 |<*|\meta{module}|>| 之后的部分,即真实代码。
+% 临时变量 \cs{l_@@_tmpa_tl} 保存 |<*|\meta{module}|>| 之后的部分,即真实代码。
% \begin{macrocode}
\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_tmpa_tl {#2}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1049,7 +1048,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}[int]{\changes@}
-% \changes{v0.4}{2017/07/30}{调整索引排序方式。}
+% \changes{v0.4}{2017/07/30}{[\pkg{fdudoc}] 调整索引排序方式。}
% 重定义 \tn{changes@},在版本号一行显示修改日期。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \changes@ #1#2
@@ -1082,7 +1081,7 @@
{#1} \l_@@_tmpa_tl
{
% \end{macrocode}
-% \cs{l_@@_tmp_tl} 相当于两个参数(开始日期、结束日期),因此需要提前展开。
+% \cs{l_@@_tmpa_tl} 相当于两个参数(开始日期、结束日期),因此需要提前展开。
% \begin{macrocode}
\exp_after:wN
\@@_save_version_date_aux:nnnn \l_@@_tmpa_tl
@@ -1330,25 +1329,8 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\SpecialMainEnvIndex}
-% 索引汉化。
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ctex_patch_cmd:Nnn \SpecialMainEnvIndex
- { (environment) } { ~ 环境 }
-\ctex_patch_cmd:Nnn \SpecialMainEnvIndex
- { environments: } { 环境: }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}[int]{\HDorg@SpecialEnvIndex}
-% \pkg{hypdoc} 宏包重新定义了 \tn{SpecialEnvIndex} 命令,因此需要修改内部定义。
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ctex_patch_cmd:Nnn \HDorg@SpecialEnvIndex
- { (environment) } { ~ 环境 }
-\ctex_patch_cmd:Nnn \HDorg@SpecialEnvIndex
- { environments: } { 环境: }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/17}{[\pkg{fdudoc}] 使用 \pkg{makeindex} 处理索引和修订记录。}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/17}{[\pkg{fdudoc}] 不再对索引进行汉化。}
%
% \begin{macro}[int]{\NAT@citexnum}
% 将参考文献引用中的 hyphen 改为 en-dash。
@@ -1405,6 +1387,14 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_typeset_functions:}
+% 减少展开标记(用来表明中英文模板中的不同用法)前的空格。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\__fdudoc_patch_cmd:Nnn \@@_typeset_expandability:
+ { & } { & \skip_horizontal:n { -0.5em } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\@@_typeset_functions:,\@@_macro_init:,
% \@@_macro_dump:}
% 左侧边注的函数列表采用单倍行距。
@@ -1519,33 +1509,6 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\@@_special_index_module:nnnnN}
-% 索引汉化。
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_special_index_module:nnnnN #1#2#3#4#5
- {
- \use:x
- {
- \exp_not:n { \@@_special_index_aux:nnnnnnn {#1} {#2} }
- \tl_if_empty:nTF {#3}
- { { } { } { } { } }
- {
- \str_if_eq:eeTF {#3} { TeX }
- {
- { TeX~ and~ LaTeX2e }
- { \string \TeX{}~ 和~ \string \LaTeXe{} }
- }
- { {#3} { \string \pkg {#3} } }
- \bool_if:NTF #5
- { { commands~ internal } { ~ 内部命令: } }
- { { commands } { ~ 命令: } }
- }
- }
- {#4}
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
% \begin{macro}{\@@_special_index_aux:nnnnnnn}
% 该函数在 \cls{l3doc} 中本来只有 6 个参数。这里增加了一个,用来辅助排序。
% \begin{arguments}
@@ -1705,7 +1668,8 @@
\bibliographystyle{gbt7714-numerical}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \changes{v0.7c}{2019/02/08}{修改宏包手册主要字体。}
+% \changes{v0.7c}{2019/02/08}{[\pkg{fdudoc}] 修改宏包手册主要字体。}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/18}{[\pkg{fdudoc}] 更新宏包手册字体。}
%
% 西文字体。为兼容 macOS,系统字体需使用字体名,而 \TeXLive{}
% 中的字体需使用文件名。
@@ -1723,29 +1687,36 @@
BoldFont = *-Bold,
ItalicFont = *-Italic,
BoldItalicFont = *-BoldItalic]
-\setmonofont{Iosevka Slab}[
- UprightFont = * Light,
- BoldFont = * Semibold,
- ItalicFont = * Light Oblique,
- BoldItalicFont = * Semibold Oblique,
- Scale = MatchLowercase]
+\setmonofont{lmmonolt10}[
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-regular,
+ BoldFont = *-bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-oblique,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-boldoblique]
\setmathfont{LibertinusMath-Regular.otf}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% 中文字体。
% \begin{macrocode}
-\setCJKmainfont{Source Han Serif SC}[
- ItalicFont = FZKai-Z03,
- CharacterWidth = Full]
-\setCJKsansfont{Source Han Sans SC}[
- ItalicFont = *,
- CharacterWidth = Full]
-\setCJKmonofont{Source Han Sans SC}[
- UprightFont = * Normal,
- BoldFont = * Bold,
- AutoFakeSlant = 0.1763, % = tan(10 deg)
- Scale = 0.8903,
- CharacterWidth = Full]
+\setCJKmainfont{SourceHanSerifSC}[
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ ItalicFont = FandolKai-Regular,
+ UprightFeatures = { CharacterWidth = Full },
+ BoldFeatures = { CharacterWidth = Full }]
+\setCJKsansfont{SourceHanSansSC}[
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ CharacterWidth = Full]
+\setCJKmonofont{SourceHanSansSC}[
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-Normal,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ AutoFakeSlant = 0.1763, % = tan(10 deg)
+ Scale = 0.9,
+ CharacterWidth = Full]
% \end{macrocode}
%
% 版式排版格式。
@@ -1887,15 +1858,19 @@
%
% \subsubsection{文档层命令}
%
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/18}{[\pkg{fdudoc}] 调整中英文标记。}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\exptarget,\rexptarget,\expstar,\rexpstar,
% \__codedoc_typeset_exp:,\__codedoc_typeset_rexp:}
-% 部分命令之后的特殊符号($^^^^263a$ 或 $^^^^263b$),表明其不同用法。这里的
-% “exp”和“rexp”分别源自 \LaTeX3 中的“expandable”和“restricted-expandable”。
+% 部分命令之后的标记,表明中英文模板中的不同用法。这里的“exp”和“rexp”
+% 分别源自 \LaTeX3 中的“expandable”和“restricted-expandable”。
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\exptarget{\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{expstar}{}}}
\newcommand*\rexptarget{\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{rexpstar}{}}}
-\newcommand*\expstar{\hyperlink{expstar}{$^^^^263b$}}
-\newcommand*\rexpstar{\hyperlink{rexpstar}{$^^^^263a$}}
+\newcommand*\expstar{%
+ \hyperlink{expstar}{\textsuperscript{\rmfamily\scshape en}}}
+\newcommand*\rexpstar{%
+ \hyperlink{rexpstar}{\textsuperscript{\rmfamily\scshape zh}}}
\ExplSyntaxOn
\cs_set_eq:NN \__codedoc_typeset_exp: \expstar
\cs_set_eq:NN \__codedoc_typeset_rexp: \rexpstar
@@ -1999,38 +1974,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\cs,\tn}
-% \begin{macro}[int]{\codedoc@cs,\codedoc@tn}
-% 控制序列。
-%^^A Colors are used for debug.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \let\codedoc@cs=\cs
-% \let\codedoc@tn=\tn
-% \renewcommand*\cs[2][]{%
-% \textcolor{MaterialIndigo}{\codedoc@cs[#1]{#2}}}
-% \renewcommand*\tn[2][]{%
-% \textcolor{MaterialPink}{\codedoc@tn[#1]{#2}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\file,\env,\pkg,\cls}
-% 文件、环境、宏包、文档类。
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \renewcommand*\file[1]{%
-% \textcolor{MaterialGrey900}{\texttt{#1}}}
-\renewcommand*\env[1]{\textbf{\texttt{#1}}}
-% \renewcommand*\pkg[1]{\textsf{#1}}
-% \renewcommand*\cls[1]{\textit{\textsf{#1}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bashcmd}
-% Bash 中的命令。
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\bashcmd[1]{\texttt{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/17}{[\pkg{fdudoc}] 移除多余的文档层定义。}
%
% \paragraph{示例代码环境}
%
@@ -2041,14 +1985,13 @@
\@empty\z@\@empty
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \changes{v0.5}{2017/09/05}{[\pkg{fdudoc}] 移除 \pkg{listings}
-% 关键字定义文件。}
+% \changes{v0.5}{2017/09/05}{[\pkg{fdudoc}] 移除 \pkg{listings} 关键字定义文件。}
%
% 定义几种代码样式。
% \begin{macro}[int]{style@base}
% \begin{macrocode}
\lstdefinestyle{style@base}{
- basewidth = 0.5 em,
+ basewidth = 0.525 em,
gobble = 3,
lineskip = 2 pt,
frame = l,
@@ -2093,17 +2036,17 @@
% \begin{macro}[int]{style@syntax}
% \begin{macrocode}
\lstdefinestyle{style@syntax}{
- basewidth = 0.5 em,
- gobble = 6,
- escapeinside = {(*}{*)},
- language = [LaTeX]TeX,
- alsoletter = {*, -},
- basicstyle = \footnotesize\ttfamily\color{MaterialGrey900},
- keywordstyle = \bfseries\color{MaterialIndigo},
- commentstyle = \itshape\color{MaterialGrey600},
- texcsstyle = *\color{MaterialDeepOrange},
- emphstyle = [1]\color{MaterialGreen800},
- emphstyle = [2]\color{MaterialTeal}
+ basewidth = 0.525 em,
+ gobble = 6,
+ escapeinside = {(*}{*)},
+ language = [LaTeX]TeX,
+ alsoletter = {*, -},
+ basicstyle = \footnotesize\ttfamily\color{MaterialGrey900},
+ keywordstyle = \bfseries\color{MaterialIndigo},
+ commentstyle = \itshape\color{MaterialGrey600},
+ texcsstyle = *\color{MaterialDeepOrange},
+ emphstyle = [1]\color{MaterialGreen800},
+ emphstyle = [2]\color{MaterialTeal}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-en.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-en.pdf
index 72fa0e8381..8a62785309 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-en.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-en.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-logo.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-logo.dtx
index 67bfae521e..80e7145811 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-logo.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis-logo.dtx
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 2017--2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>
+% Copyright (C) 2017, 2018, 2020, 2023 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>
%
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
@@ -52,8 +52,6 @@
% 复旦大学校名(復旦大學),由毛泽东题写。原始图片来源:
% \url{http://www.fudan.edu.cn/2016/channels/view/74/}。
% \begin{macrocode}
-%\NewDocumentCommand \fduname { O { } }
-% { \@@_tikz:nx { \fdulogo@name } { \c_@@_default_arg_tl, #1 } }
% + new
% - original
\NewDocumentCommand \fduname { t+ t- O { } }
@@ -105,7 +103,10 @@
% \url{http://www.fudan.edu.cn/2016/channels/view/74/}。
% \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand \fdumotto { O { } }
- { \@@_tikz:nx { \fdulogo@motto } { \c_@@_default_arg_tl, #1 } }
+ {
+ \@@_tikz:nx
+ { \fdulogo@motto } { \c_@@_default_arg_tl, #1 }
+ }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis.dtx
index c6439e661b..2b001b151c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis.dtx
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
% !TeX program = XeLaTeX
% !TeX encoding = UTF-8
%
-% Copyright (C) 2017--2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>
+% Copyright (C) 2017--2023 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>
%
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
The `fduthesis` Class
=====================
-*LaTeX thesis template for Fudan University, v0.8*
+*LaTeX thesis template for Fudan University, v0.9*
Overview
--------
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ To install `fduthesis`, you can use one of the following methods:
git clone https://github.com/stone-zeng/fduthesis.git
- Run `install-win.bat` (on Windows) or `install-linux.sh` (on Linux)
+ Run `install-win.bat` (Windows) or `install-unix.sh` (Linux or macOS)
to generate the templates and configuration files. These files would
be found in a new-created `thesis` folder. You can enjoy `fduthesis`
here at once.
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ version.
-----
-Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
+Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2023 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
%</readme>
%
%<*internal>
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
\preamble
- Copyright (C) 2017--2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>
+ Copyright (C) 2017--2023 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>
This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
%
%<class|class-en|doc|logo>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020/10/01]
%<*!(driver|install|ex-logo|cover)>
-%<!readme>\GetIdInfo $Id: fduthesis.dtx 0.8 2022-09-04 12:00:00Z Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com> $
+%<!readme>\GetIdInfo $Id: fduthesis.dtx 0.9 2023-02-26 12:00:00Z Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com> $
%<class> {Thesis template for Fudan University}
%<class>\ProvidesExplClass{\ExplFileName}
%<class-en> {Thesis template for Fudan University (English version)}
@@ -271,13 +271,13 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
\title{\textcolor{MaterialIndigo800}{\textbf{fduthesis: 复旦大学论文模板}}}
\author{曾祥东}
-\date{2022/09/04\quad v0.8%
+\date{2023/02/26\quad v0.9%
\thanks{\url{https://github.com/stone-zeng/fduthesis}.}}
%^^A! \title{\textcolor{MaterialIndigo800}{%
%^^A! \textbf{The \textsf{fduthesis} Class \\
%^^A! \LaTeX{} Thesis Template for Fudan University}}}
%^^A! \author{Xiangdong Zeng}
-%^^A! \date{2022/09/04\quad v0.8%
+%^^A! \date{2023/02/26\quad v0.9%
%^^A! \thanks{\url{https://github.com/stone-zeng/fduthesis}.}}
%^^A!
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \begin{itemize}
% \item 名字后面带有 \rexptarget\rexpstar{} 的,表示只能在\emph{中文模板}中使用;
% \item 名字后面带有 \exptarget\expstar{} 的,表示只能在\emph{英文模板}中使用;
-% \item 名字后面不带有特殊符号的,表示既可以在中文模板中使用,也可以在英文模板中使用。
+% \item 名字后面不带有特殊标记的,表示既可以在中文模板中使用,也可以在英文模板中使用。
% \end{itemize}
%^^A! The options, commands and environments in \cls{fduthesis} can be
%^^A! divided into the following three types:
@@ -442,8 +442,8 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
%^^A! indicated by \rexptarget\rexpstar{}.
%^^A! \item Those can be only used in \emph{English templates} are
%^^A! indicated by \rexptarget\expstar{}.
-%^^A! \item If they do not have special characters afterwards, then
-%^^A! you can use them in both Chinese and English templates.
+%^^A! \item If they do not have marks afterwards, then you can use
+%^^A! them in both Chinese and English templates.
%^^A! \end{itemize}
%^^A!
%
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \item 从 CTAN 上下载 \cls{fduthesis} 的
% \href{https://mirror.ctan.org/install/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis.tds.zip}{TDS 安装包};
% \item 按目录结构将 \file{fduthesis.tds.zip} 中的文件复制到 \TeX{} 发行版的本地 TDS 根目录;
-% \item 执行 \bashcmd{mktexlsr} 命令刷新文件名数据库以完成安装。
+% \item 执行 \texttt{mktexlsr} 命令刷新文件名数据库以完成安装。
% \end{itemize}
%^^A! If you want to download the template from CTAN and install it
%^^A! manually, the recommended way is to use the TDS ZIP file:
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
%^^A! {TDS ZIP file} for \cls{fduthesis};
%^^A! \item Copy all the files in \file{fduthesis.tds.zip} into the
%^^A! local TDS directory of \TeX{} distribution.
-%^^A! \item Run \bashcmd{mktexlsr} to update the ls-R database.
+%^^A! \item Run \texttt{mktexlsr} to update the ls-R database.
%^^A! \end{itemize}
%^^A
%
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \begin{shellexample}[gobble=7,alsoletter={.},morekeywords={git,clone}]
% git clone https://github.com/stone-zeng/fduthesis.git
% \end{shellexample}
-% \item 执行 \file{install-win.bat}(Windows 系统)或 \file{install-linux.sh}(Linux 或 macOS
+% \item 执行 \file{install-win.bat}(Windows 系统)或 \file{install-unix.sh}(Linux 或 macOS
% 系统),所有需要的文件便会在 \file{thesis} 文件夹中生成。
% \end{itemize}
%^^A! On CTAN, only the stable version of \cls{fduthesis} is provided, where new features and
@@ -533,8 +533,8 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
%^^A! \begin{shellexample}[gobble=5,alsoletter={.},morekeywords={git,clone}]
%^^A! git clone https://github.com/stone-zeng/fduthesis.git
%^^A! \end{shellexample}
-%^^A! \item Run \file{install-win.bat} (on Windows) or \file{install-linux.sh} (on Linux),
-%^^A! then all the necessary files will be found in the \file{thesis} folder.
+%^^A! \item Run \file{install-win.bat} (Windows) or \file{install-unix.sh} (Linux or macOS),
+%^^A! all the necessary files will be found in the \file{thesis} folder then.
%^^A! \end{itemize}
%^^A!
%
@@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% 曰\CJKunderdot{鳳頭、豬肚、豹尾}六字是也。」大概起要美麗,中要浩蕩,
% 結要響亮。尤貴在首尾貫穿,意思清新。苟能若是,斯可以言樂府矣。
% \end{quotation}
-% \hfill ——陶宗儀《南村輟耕錄·作今樂府法》
+% \hfill ^^^^2e3a陶宗儀《南村輟耕錄·作今樂府法》 ^^A ^^^^2e3a = 破折号
%
% \subsubsection{凤头}
%^^A! \subsubsection{Front matter}
@@ -1937,7 +1937,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \paragraph{参考文献引用}
%^^A! \paragraph{Citations}
%
-% \begin{function}{\cite}
+% \begin{function}[updated=2021-09-20]{\cite}
% \begin{fdusyntax}[deletetexcs={\cite},morekeywords={\cite}]
% \cite(*\marg{文献标签}*)
% \cite(*\oarg{页码}\marg{文献标签}*)
@@ -1947,7 +1947,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% 用来标记引用。顺序编码制和著者—出版年制下的各种引用方式见
% 表~\ref{tab:citation-numerical} 和表~\ref{tab:citation-author-year}。
% \end{function}
-%^^A! \begin{function}{\cite}
+%^^A! \begin{function}[updated=2021-09-20]{\cite}
%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[deletetexcs={\cite},morekeywords={\cite}]
%^^A! \cite(*\marg{bib key}*)
%^^A! \cite(*\oarg{page number}\marg{bib key}*)
@@ -2175,7 +2175,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
%^^A! the position of QED symbol correct.
%^^A!
%
-% \begin{function}[updated=2017-12-12]{\newtheorem}
+% \begin{function}[updated=2023-02-08]{\newtheorem}
% \begin{fdusyntax}[deletetexcs={\newtheorem},
% morekeywords={\newtheorem,\newtheorem*}]
% \newtheorem(*\oarg{选项}\marg{环境名}\marg{标题}*)
@@ -2360,6 +2360,24 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
%^^A! \end{function}
%^^A!
%
+% \begin{function}[added=2023-02-06]{acknowledgements}
+% \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[2]acknowledgements}]
+% \begin{acknowledgements}
+% (*\meta{致谢内容}*)
+% \end{acknowledgements}
+% \end{fdusyntax}
+% 致谢。
+% \end{function}
+%^^A! \begin{function}[added=2023-02-06]{acknowledgements}
+%^^A! \begin{fdusyntax}[emph={[2]acknowledgements}]
+%^^A! \begin{acknowledgements}
+%^^A! (*\meta{acknowledgements}*)
+%^^A! \end{acknowledgements}
+%^^A! \end{fdusyntax}
+%^^A! Acknowledgements.
+%^^A! \end{function}
+%^^A!
+%
% \section{宏包依赖情况}
%^^A! \section{Packages dependencies}
%^^A!
@@ -2754,17 +2772,15 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \subsubsection{内部变量声明}
%
% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_tmpa_box,
-% \l_@@_tmpa_clist,\l_@@_tmpb_clist,
-% \l_@@_tmpa_dim,\l_@@_tmpb_dim,
+% \l_@@_tmpa_clist,
+% \l_@@_tmpa_dim,
% \l_@@_tmpa_skip,
% \l_@@_tmpa_tl,\l_@@_tmpb_tl}
% 临时变量。
% \begin{macrocode}
\box_new:N \l_@@_tmpa_box
\clist_new:N \l_@@_tmpa_clist
-\clist_new:N \l_@@_tmpb_clist
\dim_new:N \l_@@_tmpa_dim
-\dim_new:N \l_@@_tmpb_dim
\skip_new:N \l_@@_tmpa_skip
\tl_new:N \l_@@_tmpa_tl
\tl_new:N \l_@@_tmpb_tl
@@ -2812,17 +2828,14 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
%
% \subsubsection{内部函数}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\file_input:V,
-% \int_to_arabic:v,
-% \keys_define:nx,
-% \tl_map_inline:xn}
+% \begin{macro}{\file_input:V,\int_to_arabic:v,\keys_define:nx,\regex_replace_all:nnc}
% \begin{macro}[TF]{\tl_if_eq:Vn}
% \LaTeX3{} 函数变体。
% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \file_input:n { V }
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_to_arabic:n { v }
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \keys_define:nn { nx }
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_map_inline:nn { xn }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \file_input:n { V }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \int_to_arabic:n { v }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \keys_define:nn { nx }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \regex_replace_all:nnN { nnc }
\prg_generate_conditional_variant:Nnn \tl_if_eq:nn { Vn } { T, TF }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -2876,7 +2889,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
%
% \begin{macro}{\@@_gadd_ltxhook:nn}
% 封装 \LaTeX{} 的钩子管理机制。本模板中的字体加载命令位于
-% |begindocument/before| 钩子中,需确保在 \pkg{xeCJK} 之前执行。
+% \texttt{begindocument/\allowbreak before} 钩子中,需确保在 \pkg{xeCJK} 之前执行。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_gadd_ltxhook:nn #1#2
{ \hook_gput_code:nnn {#1} { . } {#2} }
@@ -2902,8 +2915,6 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
%
% \begin{macro}{\@@_define_fn_style:nn,
% \@@_define_punct:nn,
-% \@@_define_sep:nn,
-% \@@_define_format:nn,
% \@@_define_name:nn,
% \@@_define_name:nnn}
% 用来定义脚注样式、标点、默认名称的辅助函数。
@@ -2912,10 +2923,6 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
{ \tl_const:cn { c_@@_fn_style_ #1 _tl } {#2} }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_define_punct:nn #1#2
{ \tl_const:cn { c_@@_ #1 _tl } {#2} }
-% \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_define_sep:nn #1#2
-% { \tl_const:cn { c_@@_ #1 _sep_tl } {#2} }
-% \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_define_format:nn #1#2
-% { \tl_const:cn { c_@@_ #1 _format_tl } {#2} }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_define_name:nn #1#2
{ \tl_const:cn { c_@@_name_ #1 _tl } {#2} }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_define_name:nnn #1#2#3
@@ -2927,7 +2934,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@@_msg_new:nn,
-% \@@_error:n,\@@_error:nn,\@@_error:nx,\@@_error:nnn,\@@_error:nnnn
+% \@@_error:n,\@@_error:nn,\@@_error:nx,\@@_error:nnn,\@@_error:nnnn,
% \@@_warning:n,\@@_warning:nn,\@@_warning:nxx,
% \@@_info:nx}
% 各种信息函数的缩略形式。
@@ -3288,8 +3295,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \setmathfont,
% \setCJKmainfont,
% \setCJKsansfont,
-% \setCJKmonofont,
-% \@@_set_font:n}
+% \setCJKmonofont}
% 重新定义以上宏包提供的字体选择命令。我们把它放在导言区末尾,使得用户配置不被
% 模板配置覆盖。
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3301,108 +3307,16 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
{ \use:c { @@_set #1 font:nn } {##2} { ##1, ##3 } }
}
}
-\clist_map_inline:nn { main, sans, mono, math } { \@@_set_font_helper:n {#1} }
-%<class>\clist_map_inline:nn { CJKmain, CJKsans, CJKmono } { \@@_set_font_helper:n {#1} }
+\clist_map_inline:nn { main, sans, mono, math }
+ { \@@_set_font_helper:n {#1} }
+%<class>\clist_map_inline:nn { CJKmain, CJKsans, CJKmono }
+%<class> { \@@_set_font_helper:n {#1} }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \changes{v0.7e}{2019/04/10}{兼容 Libertinus 和 XITS 字体的文件名变动。}
% \changes{v0.8}{2021/09/15}{判断 Libertinus Sans Bold Oblique 字体是否存在。}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{
-% \g_@@_font_family_libertinus_serif_tl,
-% \g_@@_font_family_libertinus_sans_tl,
-% \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_rm_tl,
-% \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bf_tl,
-% \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_it_tl,
-% \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bfit_tl,
-% \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bfsl_tl,
-% \g_@@_font_family_xits_tl,
-% \g_@@_font_style_xits_rm_tl,
-% \g_@@_font_style_xits_bf_tl,
-% \g_@@_font_style_xits_it_tl,
-% \g_@@_font_style_xits_bfit_tl,
-% \g_@@_font_name_libertinus_serif_tl,
-% \g_@@_font_name_libertinus_sans_tl,
-% \g_@@_font_name_libertinus_math_tl,
-% \g_@@_font_name_xits_tl,
-% \g_@@_font_name_xits_math_rm_tl,
-% \g_@@_font_name_xits_math_bf_tl}
-% Libertinus 和 XITS 字体的文件名做过变动,需要特殊处理。
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_family_libertinus_serif_tl
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_family_libertinus_sans_tl
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_rm_tl
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bf_tl
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_it_tl
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bfit_tl
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bfsl_tl
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_family_xits_tl
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_style_xits_rm_tl
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_style_xits_bf_tl
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_style_xits_it_tl
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_style_xits_bfit_tl
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_name_libertinus_serif_tl
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_name_libertinus_sans_tl
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_name_libertinus_math_tl
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_name_xits_tl
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_name_xits_math_rm_tl
-\tl_new:N \g_@@_font_name_xits_math_bf_tl
-\fontspec_font_if_exist:nTF { LibertinusSerif-Regular.otf }
- {
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_family_libertinus_serif_tl { LibertinusSerif }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_family_libertinus_sans_tl { LibertinusSans }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_family_libertinus_math_tl { LibertinusMath }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_rm_tl { Regular }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bf_tl { Bold }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_it_tl { Italic }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bfit_tl { BoldItalic }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% 较新版本中 Libertinus Sans Bold Oblique 字体被移除,需进行额外判断。
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \fontspec_font_if_exist:nTF { LibertinusSans-BoldOblique.otf }
- { \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bfsl_tl { BoldOblique } }
- { \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bfsl_tl { Bold } }
- }
- {
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_family_libertinus_serif_tl { libertinusserif }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_family_libertinus_sans_tl { libertinussans }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_family_libertinus_math_tl { libertinusmath }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_rm_tl { regular }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bf_tl { bold }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_it_tl { italic }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bfit_tl { bolditalic }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bfsl_tl { bolditalic }
- }
-\fontspec_font_if_exist:nTF { XITS-Regular.otf }
- {
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_family_xits_tl { XITS }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_xits_rm_tl { Regular }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_xits_bf_tl { Bold }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_xits_it_tl { Italic }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_xits_bfit_tl { BoldItalic }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_name_xits_math_rm_tl { XITSMath-Regular }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_name_xits_math_bf_tl { XITSMath-Bold }
- }
- {
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_family_xits_tl { xits }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_xits_rm_tl { regular }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_xits_bf_tl { bold }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_xits_it_tl { italic }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_style_xits_bfit_tl { bolditalic }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_name_xits_math_rm_tl { xits-math }
- \tl_set:Nn \g_@@_font_name_xits_math_bf_tl { xits-mathbold }
- }
-\tl_set:Nx \g_@@_font_name_libertinus_serif_tl
- { \g_@@_font_family_libertinus_serif_tl - \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_rm_tl }
-\tl_set:Nx \g_@@_font_name_libertinus_sans_tl
- { \g_@@_font_family_libertinus_sans_tl - \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_rm_tl }
-\tl_set:Nx \g_@@_font_name_libertinus_math_tl
- { \g_@@_font_family_libertinus_math_tl - \g_@@_font_style_libertinus_rm_tl }
-\tl_set:Nx \g_@@_font_name_xits_tl
- { \g_@@_font_family_xits_tl - \g_@@_font_style_xits_rm_tl }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/18}{不再检查 Libertinus 和 XITS 字体的文件名。}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_font_garamond:}
% EB Garamond 系列。
@@ -3417,13 +3331,12 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
ItalicFont = *-Italic,
BoldItalicFont = *-BoldItalic
}
- \@@_setsansfont:nn { \g_@@_font_family_libertinus_sans_tl }
+ \@@_setsansfont:nn { LibertinusSans }
{
Extension = .otf,
- UprightFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_libertinus_rm_tl,
- BoldFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bf_tl,
- ItalicFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_libertinus_it_tl,
- BoldItalicFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bfsl_tl
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-Italic,
}
\@@_setmonofont:nn { lmmonolt10 }
{
@@ -3443,21 +3356,20 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_load_font_libertinus:
{
- \@@_setmainfont:nn { \g_@@_font_family_libertinus_serif_tl }
+ \@@_setmainfont:nn { LibertinusSerif }
{
Extension = .otf,
- UprightFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_libertinus_rm_tl,
- BoldFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bf_tl,
- ItalicFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_libertinus_it_tl,
- BoldItalicFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bfit_tl
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-Italic,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-BoldItalic,
}
- \@@_setsansfont:nn { \g_@@_font_family_libertinus_sans_tl }
+ \@@_setsansfont:nn { LibertinusSans }
{
Extension = .otf,
- UprightFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_libertinus_rm_tl,
- BoldFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bf_tl,
- ItalicFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_libertinus_it_tl,
- BoldItalicFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bfsl_tl
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-Italic,
}
\@@_setmonofont:nn { lmmonolt10 }
{
@@ -3467,7 +3379,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
ItalicFont = *-oblique,
BoldItalicFont = *-boldoblique
}
- \@@_setmathfont:nn { \g_@@_font_name_libertinus_math_tl .otf } { }
+ \@@_setmathfont:nn { LibertinusMath-Regular.otf } { }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -3494,14 +3406,13 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
ItalicFont = *-italic,
BoldItalicFont = *-bolditalic
}
- \@@_setsansfont:nn { \g_@@_font_family_libertinus_sans_tl }
+ \@@_setsansfont:nn { LibertinusSans }
{
Extension = .otf,
- UprightFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_libertinus_rm_tl,
- BoldFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bf_tl,
- ItalicFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_libertinus_it_tl,
- BoldItalicFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_libertinus_bfsl_tl,
- Scale = MatchUppercase
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-Italic,
+ Scale = MatchUppercase,
}
\@@_setmonofont:nn { lmmonolt10 }
{
@@ -3521,13 +3432,13 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_load_font_times:
{
- \@@_setmainfont:nn { \g_@@_font_family_xits_tl }
+ \@@_setmainfont:nn { XITS }
{
- Extension = .otf,
- UprightFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_xits_rm_tl,
- BoldFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_xits_bf_tl,
- ItalicFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_xits_it_tl,
- BoldItalicFont = *-\g_@@_font_style_xits_bfit_tl
+ Extension = .otf,
+ UprightFont = *-Regular,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold,
+ ItalicFont = *-Italic,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-BoldItalic,
}
\@@_setsansfont:nn { texgyreheros }
{
@@ -3546,8 +3457,8 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
BoldItalicFont = *-bolditalic,
Ligatures = CommonOff
}
- \@@_setmathfont:nn { \g_@@_font_name_xits_math_rm_tl .otf }
- { BoldFont = \g_@@_font_name_xits_math_bf_tl .otf }
+ \@@_setmathfont:nn { XITSMath-Regular.otf }
+ { BoldFont = XITSMath-Bold.otf }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -3560,8 +3471,8 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
\@@_setmainfont:nn { Times~ New~ Roman } { }
\@@_setsansfont:nn { Arial } { }
\@@_setmonofont:nn { Courier~ New } { }
- \@@_setmathfont:nn { \g_@@_font_name_xits_math_rm_tl .otf }
- { BoldFont = \g_@@_font_name_xits_math_bf_tl .otf }
+ \@@_setmathfont:nn { XITSMath-Regular.otf }
+ { BoldFont = XITSMath-Bold.otf }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -3754,41 +3665,18 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
%
% \subsubsection{字号}
%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\keys_define:nn { fdu / style }
- {
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
% \begin{macro}{style/font-size}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/08}{通过引入 \file{ctex-c5size.clo} 来修改字号。}
% |font-size| 不是文档类选项,不能传给 \cls{ctexbook} 文档类,因此
-% 只能手动重定义字号命令。
+% 需要手动引入 |.clo| 文件。
% \begin{macrocode}
+\keys_define:nn { fdu / style }
+ {
font-size .choice:,
font-size .value_required:n = true,
font-size / -4 .code:n = { },
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tiny,\scriptsize,\footnotesize,\small,
-% \normalsize,\large,\Large,\LARGE,\huge,\Huge}
-% 默认使用小四号字,所以只有五号字需要重新设置。
-% \begin{macrocode}
- font-size / 5 .code:n =
- {
- \RenewDocumentCommand \tiny { } { \zihao { 7 } }
- \RenewDocumentCommand \scriptsize { } { \zihao { -6 } }
- \RenewDocumentCommand \footnotesize { } { \zihao { 6 } }
- \RenewDocumentCommand \small { } { \zihao { -5 } }
- \RenewDocumentCommand \normalsize { } { \zihao { 5 } }
- \RenewDocumentCommand \large { } { \zihao { -4 } }
- \RenewDocumentCommand \Large { } { \zihao { -3 } }
- \RenewDocumentCommand \LARGE { } { \zihao { -2 } }
- \RenewDocumentCommand \huge { } { \zihao { 2 } }
- \RenewDocumentCommand \Huge { } { \zihao { 1 } }
-%<class-en> }
+ font-size / 5 .code:n = { \ctex_file_input:n { ctex-c5size.clo } },
%<class-en> }
-%<*class>
- },
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -3798,6 +3686,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \changes{v0.6}{2017/10/14}{支持类别码和 TECKit 映射两种机制。}
% 设置句号形状(圆圈或是圆点)。
% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*class>
fullwidth-stop .choice:,
fullwidth-stop .value_required:n = true,
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -3985,17 +3874,31 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \changes{v0.7d}{2019/03/24}{优化目录、摘要、参考文献等的标题实现。}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/05}{在目录和书签中删除章标题中的 \tn{quad}。}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_sanitize_chapter_title:n}
+% 删除章标题中的 \tn{quad}。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_sanitize_chapter_title:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_clear:N \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+ \tl_set:No \l_@@_tmpa_tl {#1}
+ \tl_remove_all:Nn \l_@@_tmpa_tl { \quad }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@@_chapter:n,\@@_chapter:V}
% 手动生成章的标题,用于摘要、参考文献等。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_chapter:n #1
{
+ \@@_sanitize_chapter_title:n {#1}
\group_begin:
\ctexset { chapter / numbering = false }
- \chapter {#1}
- \@@_chapter_header:n {#1}
+ \chapter [ \l_@@_tmpa_tl ] {#1}
\group_end:
+ \@@_chapter_header:n {#1}
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_chapter:n { V }
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -4007,9 +3910,10 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_chapter_no_toc:n #1
{
- \chapter * {#1}
+ \chapter * {#1}
+ \@@_sanitize_chapter_title:n {#1}
+ \pdfbookmark [0] { \l_@@_tmpa_tl } { toc }
\@@_chapter_header:n {#1}
- \pdfbookmark [0] {#1} { toc }
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_chapter_no_toc:n { V }
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -4128,13 +4032,6 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\@@_fn_symbol_libertinus_sans:n}
-% \opt{libertinus} 阳文无衬线版。符号排列与普通版相同。
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_eq:NN \@@_fn_symbol_libertinus_sans:n \@@_fn_symbol_libertinus:n
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
% \begin{macro}{\@@_fn_symbol_pifont:n}
% \opt{pifont} 普通版。以下四种都只包含 \numrange{1}{10}。
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -4226,18 +4123,18 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \begin{macrocode}
\c_@@_fn_style_libertinus_tl
{
- \fontspec { \g_@@_font_name_libertinus_serif_tl .otf }
+ \fontspec { LibertinusSerif-Regular.otf }
\@@_fn_symbol_libertinus:n {#1}
}
\c_@@_fn_style_libertinus_neg_tl
{
- \fontspec { \g_@@_font_name_libertinus_serif_tl .otf }
+ \fontspec { LibertinusSerif-Regular.otf }
\@@_fn_symbol_libertinus_neg:n {#1}
}
\c_@@_fn_style_libertinus_sans_tl
{
- \fontspec { \g_@@_font_name_libertinus_sans_tl .otf }
- \@@_fn_symbol_libertinus_sans:n {#1}
+ \fontspec { LibertinusSans-Regular.otf }
+ \@@_fn_symbol_libertinus:n {#1}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \opt{pifont} 类型无需进行额外的操作。
@@ -4255,17 +4152,17 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \begin{macrocode}
\c_@@_fn_style_xits_tl
{
- \fontspec { \g_@@_font_name_xits_tl .otf }
+ \fontspec { XITS-Regular.otf }
\@@_fn_symbol_xits:n {#1}
}
\c_@@_fn_style_xits_sans_tl
{
- \fontspec { \g_@@_font_name_xits_tl .otf }
+ \fontspec { XITS-Regular.otf }
\@@_fn_symbol_xits_sans:n {#1}
}
\c_@@_fn_style_xits_sans_neg_tl
{
- \fontspec { \g_@@_font_name_xits_tl .otf }
+ \fontspec { XITS-Regular.otf }
\@@_fn_symbol_xits_sans_neg:n {#1}
}
}
@@ -4356,9 +4253,10 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \cs{new\-the\-orem}。}
%
% \begin{macro}{\newtheorem}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/08}{改用 \cs{DeclareDocumentCommand} 定义。}
% 定义新的定理环境。
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RenewDocumentCommand \newtheorem { s o m m }
+\DeclareDocumentCommand \newtheorem { s o m m }
{
% \end{macrocode}
% 默认情况下,由 \cs{newtheorem*} 创建的定理其证毕符号为 \cs{QED},
@@ -4587,6 +4485,35 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/12}{删除论文标题中的 \tn{\textbackslash} 和汉字间的空格。}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_@@_info_title_sanitized_tl,
+% \l_@@_info_title_en_sanitized_tl}
+% 处理后的论文标题。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_info_title_sanitized_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_info_title_en_sanitized_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_set_title:nn}
+% 设置论文标题,并删除其中的 |\\| 和汉字间的空格。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_set_title:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \tl_set:cn { l_@@_info_ #1 _tl } {#2}
+ \tl_set:cn { l_@@_info_ #1 _sanitized_tl } {#2}
+ \tl_replace_all:cnn { l_@@_info_ #1 _sanitized_tl } { \\ } { ~ }
+ \regex_replace_all:nnc
+ { \s+ } { \ }
+ { l_@@_info_ #1 _sanitized_tl }
+ \regex_replace_all:nnc
+ { ([\x{4e00}-\x{9fff}]) \s+ ([\x{4e00}-\x{9fff}]) } { \1 \2 }
+ { l_@@_info_ #1 _sanitized_tl }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% 定义 |fdu/info| 键值类。
% \begin{macrocode}
\keys_define:nn { fdu / info }
@@ -4607,8 +4534,8 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \begin{macro}{info/title,info/title*}
% 论文题目。以下带星号的项目均表示相应的英文字段。
% \begin{macrocode}
- title .tl_set:N = \l_@@_info_title_tl,
- title* .tl_set:N = \l_@@_info_title_en_tl,
+ title .code:n = { \@@_set_title:nn { title } {#1} },
+ title* .code:n = { \@@_set_title:nn { title_en } {#1} },
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -4769,7 +4696,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
%
% \subsubsection{定义内部函数}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\@@_spread_box:nn}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_spread_box:nn,\@@_spread_box:no}
% 分散对齐的水平盒子。
% \begin{arguments}
% \item 宽度
@@ -4777,14 +4704,13 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \end{arguments}
% 利用 \cs{tl_map_inline:nn} 在字符间插入 \tn{hfil};紧随其后的 \tn{unskip}
% 将会去掉最后一个 \tn{hfil}。见 \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/169689}。
-% |#2| 需要完全展开以避免 underfull 警告。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_spread_box:nn #1#2
{
\mode_leave_vertical:
- \hbox_to_wd:nn {#1}
- { \tl_map_inline:xn {#2} { ##1 \hfil } \unskip }
+ \hbox_to_wd:nn {#1} { \tl_map_inline:nn {#2} { ##1 \hfil } \unskip }
}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_spread_box:nn { no }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -4796,7 +4722,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
\mode_leave_vertical:
\hbox_to_wd:nn {#1} { \hfil #2 \hfil }
}
-\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_center_box:nn { Vn }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_center_box:nn { Vn }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -4832,36 +4758,6 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\@@_get_max_text_width:NN}
-% \changes{v0.6}{2017/11/24}{移除不必要的字号设置。}
-% 获取多个文本中的最大宽度,并存入 |dim| 型变量。
-% \begin{arguments}
-% \item |dim| 型变量
-% \item 文本 |clist|
-% \end{arguments}
-% 当 \cs{l_@@_tmpa_clist} 非空时,弹出最后一个元素
-% 赋给 \cs{l_@@_tmpa_tl},获取其长度后与 |#1| 进行比较,
-% 二者中较大的那一个将成为 |#1| 的新值。
-% 不断循环,直至 \cs{l_@@_tmpa_clist} 为空。
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new:Npn \@@_get_max_text_width:NN #1#2
- {
-% \end{macrocode}
-% 这里用 |group| 确保局部变量不会被污染。
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \group_begin:
- \clist_set_eq:NN \l_@@_tmpa_clist #2
- \bool_until_do:nn { \clist_if_empty_p:N \l_@@_tmpa_clist }
- {
- \clist_pop:NN \l_@@_tmpa_clist \l_@@_tmpa_tl
- \@@_get_text_width:NV \l_@@_tmpa_dim \l_@@_tmpa_tl
- \dim_gset:Nn #1 { \dim_max:nn {#1} { \l_@@_tmpa_dim } }
- }
- \group_end:
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
% \begin{macro}{\@@_blank_underline:n}
% \changes{v0.4}{2017/08/14}{改用 \tn{rule} 绘制下划线,不再依赖
% \pkg{ulem} 宏包。}
@@ -4953,7 +4849,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
\clist_item:Nn \c_@@_thesis_type_clist
{ \g_@@_thesis_type_int }
}
- \@@_spread_box:nn { 0.45 \textwidth } { \l_@@_tmpa_tl }
+ \@@_spread_box:no { 0.45 \textwidth } { \l_@@_tmpa_tl }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -4975,68 +4871,67 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\@@_cover_info:,\l_@@_cover_info_left_width_tl}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_cover_info_left:n}
+% 信息栏左侧字段。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_cover_info_left:n #1
+ {
+ \int_case:nn { \l_@@_info_degree_type_int }
+ {
+ { 1 } { \_@@_spread_box:nn { 6 em } {#1} }
+ { 2 } { \_@@_spread_box:nn { 9 em } {#1} }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_@@_cover_info_align_tl}
+% 信息栏对齐格式:左右两栏均居中,中间以冒号分隔。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_const:Nn \c_@@_cover_info_align_tl
+ { c @ { \c_@@_fwid_colon_tl } c }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_cover_info:}
% \changes{v0.8}{2021/09/21}{调整专业学位的封面信息栏。}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/05}{封面信息栏改用表格实现。}
% 信息栏。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_cover_info:
{
- \tl_set:Nx \l_@@_cover_info_left_width_tl
- {
- \int_case:nn { \l_@@_info_degree_type_int }
- {
- { 1 } { 6 em }
- { 2 } { 9 em }
- }
- }
- \begin{minipage} [ c ] { \textwidth }
- \centering \zihao { 4 }
+ \group_begin:
+ \zihao { 4 }
% \end{macrocode}
-% 读取左侧名称字段。
+% 专业学位与学术学位对应的左侧字段有所不同,这里统一存入 \cs{c_@@_name_major_tl}。
% \begin{macrocode}
- \clist_set:Nx \l_@@_tmpa_clist
+ \int_compare:nNnT { \l_@@_info_degree_type_int } = { 2 }
{
- \c_@@_name_department_tl,
- \int_case:nn { \l_@@_info_degree_type_int }
- {
- { 1 } { \c_@@_name_major_tl }
- { 2 } { \c_@@_name_major_professional_tl }
- },
- \c_@@_name_author_tl,
- \c_@@_name_supervisor_tl,
- \c_@@_name_date_tl,
+ \tl_set_eq:NN
+ \c_@@_name_major_tl \c_@@_name_major_professional_tl
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% 设置信息栏右侧宽度。读取各字段,并将最宽者的宽度赋给
-% \cs{l_@@_tmpb_dim}。
+% 将信息栏的每一行存入 |clist| 变量中。
% \begin{macrocode}
- \clist_set:Nx \l_@@_tmpb_clist
+ \clist_clear:N \l_@@_tmpa_clist
+ \clist_map_inline:nn { department, major, author, supervisor, date }
{
- { \l_@@_info_department_tl },
- { \l_@@_info_major_tl },
- { \l_@@_info_author_tl },
- { \l_@@_info_supervisor_tl },
- { \l_@@_info_date_tl }
+ \clist_gput_right:Nn \l_@@_tmpa_clist
+ {
+ \exp_args:Nx \@@_cover_info_left:n
+ { \tl_use:c { c_@@_name_ ##1 _tl } }
+ &
+ \tl_use:c { l_@@_info_ ##1 _tl }
+ }
}
- \@@_get_max_text_width:NN \l_@@_tmpb_dim \l_@@_tmpb_clist
% \end{macrocode}
-% 用循环输出各字段。
+% 通过 \env{tabular} 环境输出。
% \begin{macrocode}
- \bool_until_do:nn
- { \clist_if_empty_p:N \l_@@_tmpa_clist }
- {
- \clist_pop:NN \l_@@_tmpa_clist \l_@@_tmpa_tl
- \clist_pop:NN \l_@@_tmpb_clist \l_@@_tmpb_tl
- \@@_spread_box:nn
- { \l_@@_cover_info_left_width_tl }
- { \l_@@_tmpa_tl }
- \c_@@_fwid_colon_tl
- \@@_center_box:Vn \l_@@_tmpb_dim { \l_@@_tmpb_tl }
- \skip_vertical:n { 1 ex }
- }
- \end{minipage}
+ \begin{tabular} { \c_@@_cover_info_align_tl }
+ \clist_use:Nn \l_@@_tmpa_clist { \\ [ 1 ex ] }
+ \end{tabular}
+ \group_end:
}
-\tl_new:N \l_@@_cover_info_left_width_tl
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -5227,12 +5122,15 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
%
% \subsubsection{绘制封面}
%
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/18}{为封面添加 PDF 页码。}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\makecoveri}
% 论文封面(封一)。
% \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand \makecoveri { }
{
\thispagestyle { empty }
+ \tl_set:Nn \thepage { A }
\UseInstance { fdu / cover } { cover-i-default }
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -5246,7 +5144,9 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
\NewDocumentCommand \makecoverii { }
{
\thispagestyle { empty }
- \clist_if_empty:NF \l_@@_info_instructors_clist
+ \tl_set:Nn \thepage { B }
+ \clist_if_empty:NTF \l_@@_info_instructors_clist
+ { \hbox:n { } }
{ \UseInstance { fdu / cover } { cover-ii-default } }
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -5258,11 +5158,10 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
\NewDocumentCommand \makecoveriii { }
{
\cleardoublepage
+ \thispagestyle { empty }
+ \tl_set:Nn \thepage { C }
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l_@@_declaration_page_tl
- {
- \thispagestyle { empty }
- \UseInstance { fdu / cover } { cover-iii-default }
- }
+ { \UseInstance { fdu / cover } { cover-iii-default } }
{ \includepdf { \l_@@_declaration_page_tl } }
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -5307,7 +5206,8 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
type / format = \zihao { 2 },
degree / format = \zihao { 4 },
title / format = \zihao { -2 } \bfseries,
- title-en / format = \@@_line_spread:n { 1.2 } \zihao { 4 } \bfseries,
+ title-en / format =
+ \@@_line_spread:n { 1.2 } \zihao { 4 } \bfseries,
id / bottom-skip = 0 pt plus 1.6 fill,
logo / bottom-skip = 0 pt plus 0.3 fill,
type / bottom-skip = -18 pt,
@@ -5325,7 +5225,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
{
%<class-en> format = \@@_line_spread:N \c_@@_line_spread_fp,
title / content =
- \@@_spread_box:nn { 7 em } { \c_@@_name_instructors_tl },
+ \@@_spread_box:no { 7 em } { \c_@@_name_instructors_tl },
name-list / content =
\clist_use:Nn \l_@@_info_instructors_clist { \par },
title / format = \zihao { 2 } \sffamily,
@@ -5451,7 +5351,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents,\listoffigures,\listoftables}
% 修改 \cs{tableofcontents}、\cs{listoffigures} 和 \cs{listoftables} 的定义,
% 使得页眉正确显示,并出现在目录及 PDF 书签中。来自于 \LaTeXe{} 标准文档类
-% \file{book.cls}
+% \file{book.cls}^^A
% \footnote{原代码中只有 \cs{tableofcontents} 的 \cs{@mkboth} 出现在
% \cs{chapter*} 内部,这是出于兼容性的考虑而非 typo。}。
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -5573,7 +5473,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@@_keywords:nNn,\@@_keywords_prevdepth:,\@@_clc_jel:nn}
-% 关键字列表前要空一行,使用悬挂缩进;分类号不缩进。|\parbox| 之后的间距
+% 关键字列表前要空一行,使用悬挂缩进;分类号不缩进。\tn{parbox} 之后的间距
% 需要调整,见 \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/34982}。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_keywords:nNn #1#2#3
@@ -5584,7 +5484,8 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
\parbox [t] { \dim_eval:n { \textwidth - \l_@@_tmpa_dim } }
{
\clist_use:Nn #2 {#3} \par
- \cs_gset:Npx \@@_keywords_prevdepth: { \dim_use:N \tex_prevdepth:D }
+ \cs_gset:Npx \@@_keywords_prevdepth:
+ { \dim_use:N \tex_prevdepth:D }
}
}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_clc_jel:nn #1#2
@@ -5641,6 +5542,29 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \subsection{致谢}
+%
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/06}{新增致谢环境。}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{acknowledgements}
+% 致谢环境。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentEnvironment { acknowledgements } { }
+ { \@@_acknowledgements_begin: } { }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_acknowledgements_begin:}
+% 致谢页标题。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_acknowledgements_begin:
+ {
+%<class> \@@_chapter:V \c_@@_name_acknowledgements_tl
+%<class-en> \@@_chapter:V \c_@@_name_acknowledgements_en_tl
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \subsection{参考文献著录与引用}
%
% \changes{v0.6}{2017/10/27}{支持 \BibTeX{},以实现参考文献的著录与引用。}
@@ -5742,19 +5666,21 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l_@@_bib_style_tl
{
\RequirePackage [ sort & compress ] { gbt7714 }
- \exp_args:No \bibliographystyle { gbt7714- \l_@@_bib_gb_style_tl }
+ \exp_args:No \bibliographystyle
+ { gbt7714- \l_@@_bib_gb_style_tl }
}
{
\RequirePackage [ sort & compress ] { natbib }
- \exp_args:NV \bibliographystyle \l_@@_bib_style_tl
+ \exp_args:No \bibliographystyle
+ { \l_@@_bib_style_tl }
}
\@@_bibtex_setup:
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \pkg{biblatex} 会写入 |begindocument/before| 钩子,因此需在其之前通过
-% \texttt{env/document/\-begin} 钩子载入 \pkg{biblatex} 宏包。注意这个钩子仅
-% 适用于 |\begin{document}| 的写法,对于 |\document| 命令本身无效。
+% \texttt{env/doc\-u\-ment/begin} 钩子载入 \pkg{biblatex} 宏包。注意这个
+% 钩子仅适用于 |\begin{document}| 的写法,对于 |\document| 命令本身无效。
% \begin{macrocode}
\@@_gadd_ltxhook:nn { env/document/begin }
{
@@ -5915,8 +5841,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \changes{v0.7}{2018/01/25}{同步 \pkg{gbt7714} v1.0,移除有关超链接
-% 的额外设置。}
+% \changes{v0.7}{2018/01/25}{同步 \pkg{gbt7714} v1.0,移除有关超链接的额外设置。}
% \changes{v0.8}{2021/09/20}{不再将著录用符号修改为中文标点符号。}
%
% \subsection{\pkg{hyperref} 相关配置}
@@ -5927,16 +5852,19 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% \changes{v0.7}{2018/01/23}{将 \pkg{hyperref} 相关配置移至模板末尾,
% 以减少冲突。}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\hypersetup,\fdu_hyperref_setup:n}
+% \begin{macro}{\hypersetup}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/08}{改用 \cs{DeclareDocumentCommand} 定义。}
+% \begin{macro}{\fdu_hyperref_setup:n}
% \pkg{hyperref} 宏包是在导言区之后才引入的。若要在导言区中使用
% \tn{hypersetup} 命令,必须另行定义。
% \begin{macrocode}
-\NewDocumentCommand \hypersetup { m }
+\DeclareDocumentCommand \hypersetup { m }
{ \fdu_hyperref_setup:n {#1} }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \fdu_hyperref_setup:n #1
{ \clist_gput_right:Nn \g_@@_to_hyperref_clist {#1} }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@@_set_hyperlink_color_key:n}
% 设置超链接颜色选项。最后的逗号用于确保 \pkg{l3keys} 可以正确解析,不能省去。
@@ -6060,12 +5988,12 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
% 填写 PDF 元信息。
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*class>
- pdftitle = \l_@@_info_title_tl,
+ pdftitle = \l_@@_info_title_sanitized_tl,
pdfauthor = \l_@@_info_author_tl,
pdfkeywords = \l_@@_info_keywords_clist,
%</class>
%<*class-en>
- pdftitle = \l_@@_info_title_en_tl,
+ pdftitle = \l_@@_info_title_en_sanitized_tl,
pdfauthor = \l_@@_info_author_en_tl,
pdfkeywords = \l_@@_info_keywords_en_clist,
%</class-en>
@@ -6338,17 +6266,20 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
{ lot } { 表格目录 },
{ bib_en } { Bibliography },
{ pdf_creator } { LaTeX~ with~ fduthesis~ class },
- { orig_decl } { \c_@@_name_simp_tl \\ 学位论文独创性声明 },
- { auth_decl } { \c_@@_name_simp_tl \\ 学位论文使用授权声明 }
+ { orig_decl }
+ { \c_@@_name_simp_tl \\ 学位论文独创性声明 },
+ { auth_decl }
+ { \c_@@_name_simp_tl \\ 学位论文使用授权声明 },
}
{ \@@_define_name:nn #1 }
\clist_map_inline:nn
{
- { abstract } { 摘 \quad 要 } { Abstract },
- { keywords } { 关键字 } { Keywords: },
- { clc } { 中图分类号 } { CLC~ code: },
- { jel } { JEL 分类号 } { JEL~ code: },
- { notation } { 符号表 } { List~ of~ Symbols }
+ { abstract } { 摘 \quad 要 } { Abstract },
+ { keywords } { 关键字 } { Keywords: },
+ { clc } { 中图分类号 } { CLC~ code: },
+ { jel } { JEL 分类号 } { JEL~ code: },
+ { notation } { 符号表 } { List~ of~ Symbols },
+ { acknowledgements } { 致 \quad 谢 } { Acknowledgements }
}
{ \@@_define_name:nnn #1 }
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -6366,9 +6297,18 @@ Copyright (C) 2017&ndash;2022 by Xiangdong Zeng <xdzeng96@gmail.com>.
{ theorem } { 定理 } { Theorem }
}
{ \@@_define_name:nnn #1 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_@@_name_major_professional_tl}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2023/02/05}{处理右括号带来的间距。}
+% 处理右括号带来的间距。
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_put_right:Nn \c_@@_name_major_professional_tl
+ { { \skip_horizontal:n { -0.5 em } } }
%</definition>
%<@@=>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
%
% \clearpage
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis.pdf
index 5d982b15aa..f3489a1812 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/fduthesis/fduthesis.pdf
Binary files differ